WO2019125046A1 - Ceiling-type indoor unit of air conditioner - Google Patents

Ceiling-type indoor unit of air conditioner Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019125046A1
WO2019125046A1 PCT/KR2018/016459 KR2018016459W WO2019125046A1 WO 2019125046 A1 WO2019125046 A1 WO 2019125046A1 KR 2018016459 W KR2018016459 W KR 2018016459W WO 2019125046 A1 WO2019125046 A1 WO 2019125046A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
guider
wire
disposed
unit
grill
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/KR2018/016459
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Inventor
김형준
Original Assignee
엘지전자 주식회사
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from KR1020180164267A external-priority patent/KR102278184B1/en
Application filed by 엘지전자 주식회사 filed Critical 엘지전자 주식회사
Priority to EP18891513.6A priority Critical patent/EP3730847A4/en
Priority to AU2018388381A priority patent/AU2018388381B2/en
Priority to CN201880089986.0A priority patent/CN111742179B/en
Publication of WO2019125046A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019125046A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24FAIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F1/00Room units for air-conditioning, e.g. separate or self-contained units or units receiving primary air from a central station
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24FAIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F13/00Details common to, or for air-conditioning, air-humidification, ventilation or use of air currents for screening
    • F24F13/08Air-flow control members, e.g. louvres, grilles, flaps or guide plates
    • F24F13/10Air-flow control members, e.g. louvres, grilles, flaps or guide plates movable, e.g. dampers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a ceiling-type indoor unit of an air conditioner, and more particularly, to a ceiling-type indoor unit capable of automatically lowering or raising a suction grill.
  • an air conditioner is composed of a compressor, a condenser, an evaporator, and an inflator, and supplies air or warm air to a building or a room using an air conditioning cycle.
  • the air conditioner is structurally divided into a separable type in which the compressor is disposed outdoors and an integral type in which the compressor is integrally manufactured.
  • an indoor heat exchanger is installed in an indoor unit
  • an outdoor heat exchanger and a compressor are installed in an outdoor unit
  • two devices separated from each other are connected to each other by a refrigerant pipe.
  • the integrated type air conditioner includes a window type air conditioner for directly mounting the apparatus on a window, and a duct type air conditioner for connecting the suction duct and the discharge duct to the outside of the room.
  • the separate type air conditioner is generally classified according to the installation type of the indoor unit.
  • a stand-type air conditioner in which an indoor unit is vertically installed in an indoor space is referred to as a stand-type air conditioner.
  • a wall-mounted type air conditioner in which an indoor unit is installed on a wall of the room is called a ceiling-type indoor unit.
  • the suction grille is arranged to face the bottom.
  • the suction grille is provided with a filter for filtering foreign substances of the room air, and the filter can be separated for cleaning. The user needs to periodically remove the suction grille from the case for filter cleaning.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a ceiling-type indoor unit of an air conditioner in which the entire suction grille rises or falls in the vertical direction.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a ceiling-type indoor unit of an air conditioner having a structure in which four wires can be simultaneously unwound or wound by using two motors.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a ceiling-type indoor unit of an air conditioner capable of minimizing shaking when the suction grille rises or falls.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a ceiling-type indoor unit of an air conditioner capable of minimizing separation of foreign matter adhered to a filter when the suction grille rises or falls.
  • the present invention prevents the wire from being separated between the guider body and the block because the gap between the guider body and the block is formed smaller than the diameter of the wire.
  • the present invention can elevate or lower the entire suction grille vertically by releasing or winding a plurality of wires connected to the suction grille by the elevator.
  • the four wires support four portions in the vicinity of the corners of the suction grille, the swing of the suction grille in the ascending or descending process can be minimized.
  • the present invention minimizes a variation in elevation of one side of the suction grille.
  • the present invention suppresses the swinging of the suction grille and minimizes the separation of the foreign matter adhered to the filter in the descent of the suction grille because the four wires are supported by the respective guiders disposed in the case.
  • the present invention relates to a case which is suspended from a ceiling of a room and has a suction port and a discharge port formed toward a lower side thereof;
  • a suction grille disposed apart from the case and covering a suction port of the case;
  • a suction grill coupled to the suction grill through the 1-1 wire and the 1-2 wire and wound or unwound simultaneously with the 1-1 wire and the 1-2 wire to raise one side of the suction grill
  • a first unit for lowering or lowering the first unit A first wire guider disposed in the case and supporting the first wire connecting the suction grill and the first unit, the first wire guider positioned above the suction grill;
  • a second wire guider disposed in the case and supporting the first wire connecting the suction grill and the first unit and positioned above the suction grill,
  • Each of the two wire guiders comprising: a block disposed at an inner edge of the case; And a guider assembled in the block, rotatable with respect to the block, and supporting the wires,
  • the guider includes: a guider body having a rotational center in a horizontal direction; A wire groove disposed on an outer surface of the guider body and recessed toward the rotation center, the wire groove being inserted and supported; And a guider shaft passing through the center of rotation of the guider body and rotatably assembled to the block, wherein the gap between the guider body and the block is smaller than the diameter of the wire.
  • the block includes a fixing block disposed at an inner edge of the case in which the suction port is formed and protruding toward the first unit or the second unit; And an assembling block assembled to the fixed block, wherein the guider shaft can be rotatably assembled to the assembling block.
  • the guider shaft may be detachable from the guider body and may be installed to pass through a rotation center of the guider body.
  • the assembly block includes: an assembly block body assembled with the stationary block and fixed to the stationary block; And a guider installation space disposed outside the assembly block body and into which the guider is rotatably inserted.
  • the guider installation space may be formed in a vertical direction, and the guider shaft may intersect the guider installation space.
  • the guider shaft may be positioned within the height of the guider installation space.
  • the guider installation space is formed in the assembly block body and is formed in a rotating direction of the guider and is opposed to one side surface of the guider;
  • a third guider mounting wall formed on the assembly block body, the third guider mounting wall being formed in a rotating direction of the guider and opposed to the other side surface of the guider;
  • a second guider mounting wall formed on the assembly block body, the second guider mounting wall being formed in the guider axial direction and connecting the first guider mounting wall and the third guider mounting wall,
  • the distance between the bodies may be smaller than the diameter of the wire.
  • a detachment protrusion located above the guider shaft and protruding from the second guider mounting wall to an outer surface of the guider body, wherein a gap between the detachment protrusion and the guider body is smaller than a diameter of the wire .
  • the separation preventing protrusion may form an interlock with the outer surface of the guider body when the guider moves up and down.
  • the detachment protrusion may be formed in an arc shape and may be formed to surround the outer surface of the guider body.
  • the guider axial groove may be concave in a downward direction from an upper side of the assembly block body, and intersect with the guider installation space.
  • a separation preventing protrusion disposed on at least one of the first axial wall and the third axial wall and protruding toward the third axial wall or the first axial wall side to form an interlock with the upper side of the guider shaft.
  • the guider axis of the first wire guider and the guider axis of the second wire guider may be arranged in a line.
  • a second grill disposed on the inside of the case, coupled with the suction grill through the second-1 wire and the second grill-2 wire, and wound and unwound simultaneously with the second-first wire and the second- A second unit for lowering or lowering the first unit;
  • a third wire guider disposed in the case and supporting the second-1 wire connecting the suction grill and the second unit, the third wire guider positioned above the suction grill;
  • a fourth wire guider disposed in the case and supporting the second -2 wire connecting the suction grill and the second unit and positioned above the suction grill.
  • the first 1-1 wire and the 1-2 wire are arranged in a line, and the 2-1 wire and the 2-2 wire are arranged in a line, and when viewed in the bottom view, The first wire and the first wire may be aligned in a line and the arrangement direction of the second wire and the second wire may be parallel.
  • the first wire guider and the second wire guider are positioned within the height of the first unit and the third wire guider and the fourth wire guider can be positioned within the height of the second unit.
  • the suction grille includes: a first wire fixing part to which the 1-1 wire is fixed; A second wire fixing part to which the 1-2 wire is fixed; A third wire fixing portion to which the second-1 wire is fixed; Wherein the first wire fixing portion is located on the lower side of the first wire guider and the second wire fixing portion is located on the lower side of the second wire guider
  • the third wire fixing part may be positioned below the third wire guide, and the fourth wire fixing part may be positioned below the fourth wire guide.
  • first wire guider and the second wire guider are located in the longitudinal direction of the first unit and are disposed apart from the first unit, and the third wire guider and the fourth wire guider are disposed in the longitudinal direction of the second unit And may be disposed apart from the second unit.
  • the first wire guider, the second wire guider, the third wire guider, and the fourth wire guider may be disposed at the same height with respect to the bottom surface of the case.
  • the bottom surface of the case is formed in a rectangular shape and the bottom surface forms four corners, the first wire guider is disposed at one of two corners disposed on one side, and the second wire guider The third wire guider is disposed on one of the two corners disposed on the other side and the fourth wire guider is disposed on the other one of the two corners disposed on the other side .
  • the case includes a case housing suspended from a ceiling of a room and having a bottom opened; And a front body covering the bottom surface of the case housing and having the suction port and the discharge port formed therein, wherein the first unit and the second unit are disposed inside the case housing, and the first wire guider, The third wire guider, and the fourth wire guider are disposed on the front body, and the suction grill may be disposed on the lower side of the front body.
  • the ceiling-type indoor unit of the air conditioner according to the present invention has one or more of the following effects.
  • the present invention is advantageous in that the elevator can automatically wind up or lower the suction grille by winding or unwinding four wires connected to the suction grille at the same time.
  • the suction grille is supported at four points through four wires, the suction grill can be stably lifted or lowered.
  • the suction grille is held in contact with the front body in a state in which the suction grille is supported by the four wires, the suction grill is lowered immediately after the operation of the elevator.
  • the load of the suction grille can be dispersed and the load applied to the elevator can be minimized.
  • the present invention keeps each wire inserted into the wire groove of the wire guider, the wire can be prevented from being detached from the guider.
  • the wire can be prevented from being separated from between the guider body and the block.
  • the detachment protrusion formed on the assembly block is formed to surround the outer surface of the guider, it is possible to prevent the wire from being separated between the guider body and the assembly block.
  • the detachment preventing protrusion formed on the assembling block is disposed higher than the guider shaft and protrudes toward the guider body, thereby preventing the guider from being detached from the guider mounting space.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view illustrating an indoor unit of an air conditioner according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Fig. 2 is an operational example of Fig. 1.
  • Fig. 1 is an operational example of Fig. 1.
  • Fig. 2 is an operational example of Fig. 1.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of Fig.
  • FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view showing the front panel of FIG.
  • Fig. 5 is a plan view showing the arrangement of the front panel and the elevator of Fig. 1;
  • FIG. 6 is a bottom view of the front panel shown in Fig.
  • Figure 7 is a bottom perspective view of the elevator of Figure 2;
  • Figure 8 is a bottom view of the front panel and elevator of Figure 2;
  • FIG. 9 is a perspective view showing the internal structure of the elevator of FIG. 2;
  • FIG. 10 is a plan view of Fig.
  • FIG. 11 is an operational example of an elevator according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is an exemplary view showing a wire installation structure according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a bottom view of the front panel shown in Fig.
  • FIG. 14 is a plan view of the suction grill shown in Fig.
  • FIG. 15 is an exploded perspective view of the wire guider shown in Fig.
  • FIG. 16 is an exploded perspective view of the wire guider shown in Fig. 15 in another direction.
  • FIG. 17 is a plan view of the wire guider shown in Fig.
  • FIG. 18 is a side sectional view of the wire guider shown in Fig.
  • FIG. 19 is a perspective view showing the assembly structure of the guider shaft shown in Fig.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view illustrating an indoor unit of an air conditioner according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Fig. 2 is an operational example of Fig. 1.
  • Fig. 5 is a plan view showing the arrangement of the front panel and the elevator of Fig. 1;
  • 6 is a bottom view of the front body shown in Fig.
  • Figure 7 is a bottom perspective view of the elevator of Figure 2;
  • Figure 8 is a bottom view of the front panel and elevator of Figure 2;
  • FIG. 9 is a perspective view showing the internal structure of the elevator of FIG. 2;
  • 10 is a plan view of Fig.
  • FIG. 11 is an operational example of an elevator according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is an operational example of an elevator according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is an exploded perspective view of the roller shown in Fig. Fig. 13 is an exemplary diagram showing the arrangement of the wires shown in Fig. 2.
  • Fig. 14 is a plan view of the suction grill shown in Fig. 15 is an exploded perspective view of the wire guider shown in Fig. 16 is an exploded perspective view of the wire guider shown in Fig. 15 in another direction.
  • 17 is a plan view of the wire guider shown in Fig. 18 is a side sectional view of the wire guider shown in Fig. 19 is a perspective view showing the assembly structure of the guider shaft shown in Fig.
  • the indoor unit of the air conditioner according to the present embodiment includes a case 100 having a suction port 101 and a discharge port 102, an indoor heat exchanger 130 disposed inside the case 100, And an indoor air blowing fan 140 for flowing air to the air inlet 101 and the air outlet 102.
  • the case 100 further includes a suction grill 320 disposed toward the floor of the room and an elevator 500 for vertically raising or lowering the suction grill 320 is disposed inside the case 100 do.
  • the elevator 500 When the operation signal of the user is inputted, the elevator 500 is operated and the four wires 511, 512, 521 and 522 are simultaneously released or wound by the operation of the elevator 500, The suction grill 320 coupled to the suction ports 511, 512, 521, and 522 can be moved in the vertical direction.
  • the case 100 includes a case housing 110 and a front panel 300.
  • the case housing 100 is hung from the ceiling of the room through a hanger (not shown), and the lower side is opened.
  • the front panel 300 covers the opened face of the case housing 110 and is disposed toward the floor of the room and is exposed to the room and the inlet port 101 and the outlet port 102 are formed.
  • the case 100 may be variously formed in accordance with the production mode, and the configuration of the case 100 does not limit the idea of the present invention.
  • the suction port 101 is disposed at the center of the front panel 300 and the discharge port 102 is disposed outside the suction port 101.
  • the number of the suction ports 101 or the number of the discharge ports 102 is irrelevant to the idea of the present invention.
  • one suction port 101 is formed, and a plurality of the discharge ports 102 are arranged.
  • the suction port 101 is formed in a rectangular shape when viewed from the bottom, and the discharge port 102 is spaced apart from the edges of the suction port 101 by a predetermined distance.
  • the indoor heat exchanger 130 is disposed between the suction port 101 and the discharge port 102 and the indoor heat exchanger 130 divides the inside of the case 100 into the inside and outside.
  • the indoor heat exchanger 130 is disposed vertically in this embodiment.
  • An indoor ventilation fan (140) is located inside the indoor heat exchanger (130).
  • the overall shape of the indoor heat exchanger is formed as "", and some sections can be separated.
  • the indoor heat exchanger 130 is arranged to vertically enter the air discharged from the indoor air blowing fan 140.
  • a drain pan 132 is installed inside the case 100 and the indoor heat exchanger 130 is mounted on the drain pan 132.
  • the condensed water generated in the indoor heat exchanger 130 may flow into the drain pan 132 and then be stored.
  • the drain pan 132 is provided with a drain pump (not shown) for discharging the collected condensed water to the outside.
  • the drain pan 132 may be formed with a sloping surface having a directionality for collecting and storing the condensed water flowing down from the indoor heat exchanger 130 to one side.
  • the indoor ventilation fan 140 is located inside the case 100 and is disposed above the suction port 101.
  • the indoor air blowing fan 140 uses a centrifugal air blower that sucks air into the center and discharges air in the circumferential direction.
  • the indoor ventilation fan 140 includes a bell mouth 142, a fan 144, and a fan motor 146.
  • the bell mouth 142 is disposed above the suction grille 320 and is positioned below the fan 144. [ The bell mouth 142 guides the air that has passed through the suction grill 320 to the fan 144.
  • the fan motor 146 rotates the fan 144.
  • the fan motor 146 is fixed to the case housing 110.
  • the fan motor 146 is disposed above the fan 144. At least a portion of the fan motor 146 is positioned higher than the fan 144.
  • the motor shaft of the fan motor 146 is disposed downward, and the fan 144 is coupled to the motor shaft.
  • the indoor heat exchanger 130 is located outside the edge of the fan 144. At least a part of the fan 144 and the indoor heat exchanger 130 are arranged on the same horizontal line. And at least a portion of the bell mouth 142 is inserted into the fan 144. At least a portion of the bell mouth 142 overlaps the fan 144 in the up-and-down direction.
  • the indoor heat exchanger (130) is disposed inside the case housing (110), and divides the inner space of the case housing (110) inside and outside.
  • An inner space surrounded by the indoor heat exchanger 130 is defined as a suction passage 103 and an outer space of the indoor heat exchanger 130 is defined as a discharge passage 104.
  • the indoor air blowing fan 140 is disposed in the suction passage 103.
  • the discharge passage 104 is located between the outside of the indoor heat exchanger 130 and the side wall of the case housing 110.
  • the suction passage 103 is the inside surrounded by "? &Quot; of the indoor heat exchanger, and the discharge passage 104 is the outside surrounded by "? “Of the indoor heat exchanger.
  • the suction passage 103 communicates with the suction port 101 and the discharge passage 104 communicates with the discharge port 103.
  • the air flows from the lower side of the suction passage 103 to the upper side and flows from the upper side to the lower side of the discharge passage 104.
  • the flow direction of the air is switched 180 degrees with reference to the indoor heat exchanger 130.
  • the suction port (101) and the discharge port (102) are formed on the same surface of the front panel (300).
  • the suction port (101) and the discharge port (102) are arranged to face in the same direction.
  • the suction port 101 and the discharge port 102 are disposed to face the floor of the room.
  • the discharge port 102 When the front panel 300 is curved, the discharge port 102 may be formed to have a slight side inclination. However, the discharge port 102 connected to the discharge path 104 is formed to be directed downward.
  • a vane module 200 is disposed to control the direction of air discharged through the discharge port 102.
  • the front panel 300 is coupled to the case housing 110 and includes a front body 310 having the inlet 101 and the outlet 102 and a plurality of grill holes 321.
  • the inlet 101 A suction grill 320 covering the suction grill 320 and a free filter 330 detachably assembled to the suction grill 320 and a suction fan 320 installed in the front body 310 to adjust the air flow direction of the discharge port 102 And a vane module 200 for controlling the vane module 200.
  • the suction grille 320 is disposed separately from the front body 310. Although the suction grill 320 is in close contact with the front body 310, a structure for assembling or coupling the front body 310 and the suction grill 320 is not disposed.
  • the suction grill 320 is pulled by the wire and kept in a state of being in close contact with the front body 310, and can be lowered or lifted or lowered according to the operation of the elevator 500.
  • the suction grill 320 can be raised or lowered in the vertical direction in the front body 310 by the elevator 500.
  • the suction grille 320 covers the entire suction port 101.
  • the elevator 500 and the suction grill 320 are connected through four wires, and the elevator 500 winds or loosens the wire to move the suction grill 320 in the vertical direction.
  • the suction grill 320 is formed with a plurality of grill holes 321 in a lattice shape.
  • the grill hole 321 and the suction port 101 are communicated with each other.
  • a prefilter 330 is disposed above the suction grille 320.
  • the pre-filter 330 filters the air sucked into the case 100.
  • the pre-filter 330 is positioned above the grill hole 321 and filters the air that has passed through the suction grill 320.
  • the discharge port 102 is formed in the form of a long slit along the edge of the suction port 101.
  • the vane module 200 is positioned on the discharge port 102 and is coupled to the front body 310.
  • the vane module 200 may be separated to the lower side of the front body 310. That is, the vane module 200 is disposed independently of the coupling structure of the front body 310, and can be independently separated from the front body 310. The structure will be described in more detail below.
  • the front body 310 is coupled to the lower side of the case housing 110 and is disposed toward the interior of the case.
  • the front body 310 is installed on the ceiling of the room and is exposed to the room.
  • the front body 310 is coupled to the case housing 110 and the case housing 110 supports the load of the front body 310.
  • the front body 310 supports loads of the suction grille 320 and the prefilter 330.
  • the front body 310 is formed in a rectangular shape when viewed from the top view.
  • the shape of the front body 310 may be variously formed.
  • the upper surface of the front body 310 may be formed horizontally to be adhered to the ceiling, and the lower surface may have a curved surface at an edge.
  • a suction port 101 is disposed at the center of the front body 310 and a plurality of discharge ports 102 are disposed outside the suction port 101.
  • the suction port 101 may be formed in a square shape, and the discharge port 102 may be formed in a rectangular shape.
  • the discharge port 102 may be formed in a slit shape longer than the width.
  • the front body 310 includes a front frame 312, a side cover 314, and a corner cover 316.
  • the front frame 312 provides the load and rigidity of the front panel 300 and is fastened to the case housing 110.
  • the suction port (101) and the four discharge ports (102) are formed in the front frame (312).
  • the front frame 312 includes a side frame 311 and a corner frame 313.
  • the corner frame 313 is disposed at each corner of the front panel 300.
  • the side frames 311 are coupled to the two corner frames 313.
  • the side frame 311 includes an inner side frame 311a and an outer side frame 311b.
  • the inner side frame 311a is disposed between the suction port 101 and the discharge port 102 and couples the two corner frames 313.
  • the outer side frame 311b is disposed outside the discharge port 102.
  • four inner side frames 311a and four outer side frames 311b are provided.
  • the suction port (101) is located inside the four inner side frames (311a).
  • the discharge port 102 is formed so as to be surrounded by two corner frames 313, an inner side frame 311a and an outer side frame 311b.
  • the side cover 314 and the corner cover 316 are coupled to the bottom surface of the front frame 312.
  • the side cover 314 and the corner cover 316 are exposed to the user, and the front frame 312 is not visible to the user.
  • the side cover 314 is disposed at an edge of the front frame 312 and the corner cover 316 is disposed at an edge of the front frame 312.
  • the side cover 314 is made of a synthetic resin material and fastened to the front frame 312. Specifically, the side cover 314 is coupled to the side frame 311, and the corner cover 316 is coupled to the corner frame 313.
  • four side covers 314 and four corner covers 316 are provided.
  • the side cover 314 and the corner cover 316 are coupled to the front frame 312 and connected to each other by a single structure.
  • the four side covers 314 and the four corner covers 316 form one edge.
  • the side cover 314 is disposed below the side frame 311 and the corner cover 316 is disposed below the corner frame 313.
  • the four side covers 314 and the four corner covers 316 are assembled to form a quadrangular rim.
  • the four side covers 314 and the four corner covers 316 connected to each other are defined as the front decor 350.
  • the front decor 350 forms a deco outer border 351 and an inner border 352.
  • the deco outer border 351 When viewed in a top view or a bottom view, the deco outer border 351 is formed in a rectangular shape, and the decoror border 352 is also formed in a rectangular shape as a whole. However, the edge of the decorative border forms a predetermined curvature.
  • the suction grille 320 and the four vane modules 200 are disposed inside the decoror borders 352. Then, the suction grille 320 and the four vane modules 200 abut against the decoror borders 352.
  • each side cover 314 is coupled to the front frame 312.
  • the outer edge of the side cover 314 forms part of the deco outer border 351 and the inner edge forms part of the decoror border 352.
  • the inner edge of the side cover 314 forms the outer boundary of the discharge port 102.
  • the inner edge of the side cover 314 is defined as a side decoror border 315.
  • corner covers 316 are disposed, and each of the corner covers 316 is coupled to the front frame 312.
  • the outer edge of the corner cover 316 forms a part of the deco outer border 351 and the inner edge forms a part of the decoror border 352.
  • the inner edge of the corner cover 316 is defined as a corner decoror border 317.
  • the corner decorainer 317 may be disposed to abut the suction grille 320.
  • the inner edge of the corner cover 316 is arranged to face the suction grille 320, and the gap is spaced by a predetermined distance to form a gap 317a.
  • the side decor inner border 315 is spaced apart from the vane module 200 by a predetermined distance to form a gap 315a and is arranged to face the outer edge of the vane module 200.
  • the decor inner border 352 is spaced apart from the outer edges of the four vane modules 200 and the suction grille 320 and forms a continuous gap.
  • a continuous gap formed by the four side decoupling border gap 315a and the four corner decenter border gap 317a is defined as a front decoupling gap 350a.
  • the front decor gap 350a is formed at the inner edge of the front decor 350. [ Specifically, the front decor gap 350a is formed by separating the outer edge of the vane module 200 and the suction grill 320 from the inner edge of the front decor 350. [
  • the front decoupling gap 350a makes the suction grille 320 and the vane module 200 appear as a single structure.
  • the suction grille 320 is positioned below the front body 310.
  • the suction grille 320 may be moved up and down in a state in which it is in close contact with the bottom surface of the front body 310.
  • the suction grill 320 includes a grill body 322, a plurality of grill holes 321 formed to vertically penetrate the grill body 322, and a plurality of grill holes 321 formed in the grill body 322, A fixed wire fixing portion 329 and a filter coupling portion 331 in which the pre-filter 330 is detachably assembled.
  • the suction grill 320 includes a grill body 322 disposed below the suction port 101 and communicating with the suction port 101 by a plurality of grill holes 321 formed in a rectangular shape, And a grill corner portion 327 formed to extend diagonally from the edge of the body 322.
  • the bottom surface of the grill body 322 and the bottom surface of the vane 210 may form a continuous surface.
  • the bottom surface of the grill body 322 and the bottom surface of the corner cover 316 may form a continuous surface.
  • a plurality of grills 323 are arranged in a lattice form.
  • the grid-shaped grill 323 forms a grill hole 321 having a rectangular shape.
  • the portion where the grill 323 and the grill hole 321 are formed is defined as a suction portion.
  • the grill body 322 includes a grill 323 having a plurality of grill holes 321 and a grill body 324 disposed along the edge of the grill 323 and surrounding the grill 323, .
  • the suction portion is formed in a rectangular shape as a whole.
  • the pre-filter 330 is positioned above the suction portion and covers the suction portion.
  • Each of the corners of the suction portion is disposed to face each corner of the front panel 300, and more specifically to the corner cover 316.
  • the grill body 322 When viewed in the bottom view, the grill body 322 is formed in a rectangular shape.
  • the outer edge of the grill body portion 324 is arranged to face the discharge port 102 or the front decor 350.
  • the grill corner borders 326 may be curved around the inside of the suction grille 320 and the grill side borders 325 may be curved around the outside of the suction grille 320.
  • the grill body portion 324 further includes a grill corner portion 327 wrapped by the grill corner borders 326 and the two grill side borders 325.
  • the grill corner portion 327 is protruded from the grill body portion 324 toward the corner cover 316 side.
  • the grill corner portion 327 is disposed at each corner of the grill body 322.
  • the grill corner portions 327 extend toward the respective corners of the front panel 300.
  • four grill corner portions 327 are disposed.
  • four grill corner portions 327 are formed on the first grill corner portion 327-1, the second grill corner portion 327-2, the third grill corner portion 327-3, And is defined as a corner portion 327-4.
  • the grille side borders 325 are formed in a concave shape from the outside to the inside.
  • a discharge port 102 is formed between the side cover 314 and the suction grille 320. More specifically, one discharge port 102 is formed between the side decoror borders 315 of the side cover 314 and the grill side borders 325 of the grill body 322. Discharge openings 102 are formed between the side decoror borders 315 and the grill side borders 325 arranged in four directions of the suction grille 320.
  • the length of the grille corner border 326 and the corner decoror border 317 are arranged to face each other.
  • the length of the corner corner borders 326 and the length of the corner decoror borders 317 are the same. That is, the width of the corner cover 316 is equal to the width of the corner portion 327 of the grill.
  • the inside width of the side cover 314 and the width of the grill side borders 325 are formed to be the same.
  • the grille side borders 325 are further divided as follows.
  • the grille side borders 325 form an inner boundary of the discharge opening 102.
  • the side decor inner borders 315 and the corner decor inner borders 317 form the bar boundary of the discharge opening 102.
  • the grill side borders 325 are elongated in the longitudinal direction of the discharge port 102 and are connected to one side of the long straight line section 325a and connected to the suction grille 320, A second curve section 325b connected to the other side of the long straight line section 325a and having a center of curvature formed outside the suction grille 320, A first short straight line section 325d connected to the first curve section 325b and a second short straight line section 325e connected to the second curve section 325c.
  • a discharge port 102 is formed between the grill side borders 325 and the side decoror borders 315 and a vane module 200 is disposed in each of the discharge ports 102.
  • the inner edge 210a of the vane 210 of the vane module 200 faces the grill side borders 325 and the outer edge 210b of the vane 210 faces the side decorainer 315, Respectively.
  • a discharge port 102 is formed between the grill side borders 325 and the side decoror borders 315 and a vane module 200 is disposed in each of the discharge ports 102.
  • the inner edge 210a of the vane 210 of the vane module 200 faces the grill side borders 325 and the outer edge 210b of the vane 210 faces the side decorainer 315, Respectively.
  • the wire fixing portion 329 to which the other end of the wire is fixed protrudes upward from the grill body portion 324.
  • Four wire fixing portions 329 are arranged and correspond to the respective wires 511, 512, 521, and 522.
  • the wire fixing portion for fixing the other end of the 1-1 wire 511 is defined as a first wire fixing portion 329-1 and the wire fixing portion for fixing the other end of the 1-2 wire 512 is defined as a second wire fixing portion 329-1, Wire fixing portion 329-2 and wire fixing portion where the other end of the second-first wire 521 is fixed is defined as a third wire fixing portion 329-3, and the second-second wire 522 Is defined as a fourth wire fixing portion 329-4.
  • the first wire fixing portion and the second wire fixing portion are symmetrical with respect to the direction of the motor shaft 541 of the first unit.
  • the third wire fixing portion and the fourth wire fixing portion are symmetrical with respect to the direction of the motor shaft 541 of the second unit.
  • the arrangement direction of the first wire fixing portion and the second wire fixing portion and the arrangement direction of the third wire fixing portion and the fourth wire fixing portion are parallel.
  • the first wire fixing portion is located on the first grill corner portion 327-1 side
  • the second wire fixing portion is located on the second grill corner portion 327-2 side
  • 3 grill corner portion 327-3 the fourth wire fixing portion is positioned on the fourth grill corner portion 327-4 side.
  • the wire fixing portion 329 is disposed outside the prefilter 330 and disposed on the grill body 322. Each of the wire fixing portions protrudes upward from the upper surface of the grill body 322.
  • the filter coupling portion 331 is a structure for fixing the pre-filter 330. Since the pre-filter 330 has to be periodically cleaned, the pre-filter 330 is detachably assembled to the filter engaging portion 331.
  • the filter coupling portion 331 is configured to surround the edge of the pre-filter 330.
  • the filter engagement portion 331 is disposed outside the grill 323 and may be disposed along the edge of the suction port 101 or the suction portion.
  • the filter coupling portion 331 protrudes upward from the upper surface of the grill body portion 324 and forms an interval between the filter coupling portion 331 and the upper surface of the grill body portion 324 so that the pre- .
  • the prefilter 330 is disposed above the suction grille 320.
  • the pre-filter (330) filters foreign matter having a large volume from the air sucked through the inlet (101).
  • the pre-filter 330 is disposed above the grill 323 and covers the entire suction portion.
  • the prefilter 330 is detachably assembled to the suction grille 320 and is lowered together when the suction grille 320 is lowered.
  • the elevator 500 can wind up or unwind the four wires 511, 512, 521, and 522 at the same time to raise or lower the suction grill 320.
  • the user can operate the elevator 500 by inputting an operation signal to the control unit.
  • the elevator 500 is controlled by the control unit.
  • the elevator 500 supports the suction grille 320 at four points.
  • the elevator 500 supports the suction grill 320 through four wires 511, 512, 521 and 522 and winds up or unwinds the suction grill 320 to raise or lower the suction grill 320 .
  • the elevator 500 is operated to wind or unwind four wires 511, 512, 521 and 522 at the same time so that the suction grill 320 can be raised or lowered in a horizontal state.
  • the elevator 500 comprises a first unit 510 and a second unit 520.
  • the first unit 510 can simultaneously wind or unwind a pair of wires and the second unit 520 can simultaneously wind or unwind a pair of wires.
  • a pair of wires connected to the first unit 510 is defined as a 1-1 wire 511 and a 1-2 wire 512 and a pair of wires connected to the second unit 520 is defined as a 2- 1 wire 521 and a second-second wire 522, respectively.
  • the first unit 510 can wind or loosen the 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 at the same time.
  • the second unit 520 may wind or unwind the second-1 wire 521 and the second-second wire 522 simultaneously.
  • One end of the 1-1 wire 511 and one end of the 1-2 wire 512 are coupled to the first unit 510 and the other end of the 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 The other end of the wire 512 is coupled to one side of the suction grille 320.
  • One end of the 2-1 wire 521 and one end of the 2-2 wire 522 are coupled to the second unit 520 and the other end of the 2-1 wire 521 and the 2-2 wire 2-
  • the other end of the wire 522 is coupled to the other side of the suction grille.
  • the 2-1 wire 521 and the 2-2 wire 522 are disposed on the right side.
  • the 2-1 wire 521 and the 2-2 wire 522 are arranged on the rear side .
  • the 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 are located on the left side and arranged in the front-rear direction, and the 2-1 wire 521 and the 2-2 wire 522 are located on the right side, and are arranged in the front-rear direction.
  • the first 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 are arranged in a line and the 2-1 wire 521 and the 2-2 wire 522 are also arranged in a line .
  • the 1-1 wire 511 and the 2-1 wire 521 are arranged in parallel, and the 1-2 wire 512 and the 2-2 wire 522 are arranged in parallel.
  • the first unit 510 and the second unit 520 are disposed symmetrically with respect to each other.
  • the first unit 510 is disposed on the left side of the case 100
  • the second unit 520 is disposed on the right side of the casing 100.
  • the first unit 510 is disposed on the front side of the case 100
  • the second unit 520 is disposed on the rear side of the case 100.
  • the first unit 510 is disposed on the left side of the case 100 and the second unit 520 is disposed on the right side of the case 100 in this embodiment.
  • the elevator 500 provides a structure that causes the suction grill 320 to rise or fall in a horizontal state by simultaneously winding or unwinding four wires simultaneously.
  • the structure of the first unit 510 will be described as an example.
  • the first unit 510 includes a drum 530 to which one end of the 1-1 wire 511 and one end of the 1-2 wire 512 are respectively fixed and a drum motor 540 that rotates the drum 530.
  • a first roller box (511) for aligning the position of the first wire (511) when the first wire (511) is wound or unwound, (512) is arranged to penetrate the first wire (512), and when the first wire (512) is wound or unwound, the wire (550) 2 roller box 560, and a rotation amount sensing device 600 for sensing the amount of rotation of the drum 530.
  • the first unit 510 may be disposed in any one of the front body 310, the cabinet housing 110, and the bell mouth 142.
  • the drum 530, the drum motor 540, the first roller box 550 and the second roller box 560 constituting the first unit 510 are connected to the front body 310, the cabinet housing 110,
  • the bell mouth 142 may be disposed in any one of the bell mouth 142 and the bell mouth 142.
  • a unit case 590 for forming an outer appearance of the first unit 510 is arranged to facilitate replacement and repair.
  • a drum 530, a drum motor 540, a first roller box 550, a second roller box 560, and a rotation amount sensing device 600 are disposed inside the unit case 590.
  • the unit case 590 may be disposed in any one of the front body 310, the cabinet housing 110, and the bell mouth 142. In this embodiment, the unit case 590 is installed in the bell mouth 142. The unit case 590 is disposed above the suction grille 320.
  • a unit case disposed in the first unit is defined as a first unit case
  • a unit case disposed in the second unit is defined as a second unit case.
  • the drum 530 is formed in a cylindrical shape and includes a drum body 535 to which one ends of the 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 are respectively fixed, And a partition 533 for partitioning the first zone 531 in which the first 1-1 wire 511 is wound and the second zone 532 in which the 1-2 wire 512 is wound, And a 1-1 barrier 534 disposed in the drum body 535 for preventing the 1-1 wire 511 wound in the first zone 531 from being detached from the drum body 535. [ And a second 1-2 barrier 536 disposed in the drum body 535 for preventing the first wire 1-25 wound in the second zone 532 from being released from the drum body 535. [ ).
  • the drum body 535 is formed in a cylindrical shape. Unlike the present embodiment, the drum body 535 may be formed in various shapes. A groove may be formed on the outer circumferential surface of the drum body 535 to facilitate alignment during winding of the wire. The grooves may be formed in a spiral shape along the outer peripheral surface of the drum body 535.
  • the partition 533 is disposed in the middle with respect to the longitudinal direction of the drum body 535.
  • the partition 533 is formed protruding radially outward of the drum body 535.
  • the partition 533 is formed in a ring shape, and the center of the partition 533 is disposed on the same axis line as the axis center C of the drum body 535.
  • the ring shape is disposed so as to protrude in the radial direction along the outer peripheral surface of the drum body 535.
  • the axis center C of the drum body 535 intersects with the 1-1 wire 511 or the 1-2 wire 512.
  • the partition 533 divides the outer circumferential surface of the drum body 535 into a first zone 531 and a second zone 532.
  • the 1-1 wire 511 is located in the first zone 531 and wound or unwound in the first zone 531.
  • the 1-2 wire 512 is located in the second zone 532 and is wound or unwound in the second zone 532.
  • the partition 533 prevents the wire from going out of the area and winding.
  • the 1-1 barrier 534 prevents the 1-1 wire 511 wound in the first zone 531 from falling out of the drum body 535.
  • the 1-2 barrier 536 prevents the 1-2 wire 512 wound in the second zone 532 from falling out of the drum body 535.
  • the 1-1 barrier 534 is protruded radially outward of the drum body 535.
  • the 1-2 barrier 536 is disposed so as to protrude outward in the radial direction of the drum body 535.
  • the 1-1 barrier 534 and the 1-2 barrier 536 are formed in a ring shape along the outer circumferential surface of the drum body 535.
  • the ring shapes of the 1-1 barrier 534 and the 1-2 barrier 536 are arranged to protrude in the radial direction along the outer circumferential surface of the drum body 535.
  • One end of the 1-1 wire 511 is fixed to the first section 531 and one end of the 1-2 wire 512 is fixed to the second section 532.
  • One end of the 1-1 wire 511 may be fixed to one of the drum body 535, the partition 533, and the 1-1 barrier 534 forming the first section 531.
  • one end of the 1-1 wire 511 is fixed to the outer peripheral surface of the drum body 535 of the first section 531.
  • one end of the first wire 512 is fixed to the outer circumferential surface of the drum body 535 of the second zone 532.
  • a part of the configuration of the rotation amount sensing device 600 may be disposed on the drum 530 to sense the amount of rotation of the drum 530.
  • a rotation sensing factor 601 is arranged to sense the amount of rotation of the drum 530.
  • the rotation sensing factors 601 are arranged at regular intervals with respect to the circumferential direction with respect to the axis center C of the drum 530.
  • the rotation sensing factor 601 may be disposed in at least one of the 1-1 barrier 534 and the 1-2 barrier 536.
  • the drum motor 540 is assembled to the drum 530 with a motor shaft 541.
  • the axial center C of the motor shaft 541 and the drum 530 coincide with each other.
  • the stepping motor is used as the drum motor 540.
  • the gears may be arranged to provide the rotational force of the drum motor 540 to the drum 530, unlike the present embodiment.
  • the rotation amount of the drum 530 and the rotation speed of the drum 530 can be controlled more precisely through the combination of the gears.
  • the arrangement directions of the axis center C, the 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 are crossed.
  • the axial center C, the 1-1 wire 511, and the 1-2 wire 512 are disposed orthogonal to each other.
  • One end of the 1-1 wire 511 and one end of the 1-2 wire 512 are symmetrical with respect to the axis center C.
  • the first 1-1 wire 511 is wound on the upper side of the drum body 535 to wind or unwind the first 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 simultaneously, (512) is wound on the lower side of the drum body (535).
  • a first roller box 550 and a second roller box 560 are disposed in the unit case 590 of the first unit 510.
  • the first roller box 550 and the second roller box 560 are disposed in the unit case 590 of the second unit 520.
  • the first roller box 550 is connected to the drum body 535 when the 1-1 wire 511 is wound or unwound in the first section 531 of the drum 530, .
  • first 1-1 wire 511 forms a uniform layer on the outer circumferential surface of the drum 530, a difference in length from the first 1-2 wire 512 is formed by the thickness of the wire.
  • the second roller box 560 is connected to the drum body 535 when the 1-2 wire 512 is wound or unwound in the second section 532 of the drum 530. [ ).
  • the first roller box 550 and the second roller box 560 are disposed symmetrically with respect to the intersection of the partition 533 and the center core C when viewed from the top view.
  • first roller box 550 Since the first roller box 550 and the second roller box 560 have the same configuration, the first roller box 550 will be described as an example.
  • the first roller box 550 includes a box 555 fixed to the unit case 590 and a second roller box 550 disposed inside the box 555 and in contact with the 1-1 wire 511, A first roller 551 that is rotated by friction when the wire 511 moves and is disposed farthest from the drum 530 and a second roller 553 disposed inside the box 555 and in contact with the 1-1 wire 511 A fourth roller 554 which is rotated by friction when the first wire 1-15 is moved and is disposed closest to the drum 530 and a fourth roller 554 disposed inside the box 555, 1-1 wire 511 and is rotated by friction upon movement of the 1-1 wire 511 and disposed between the first roller 551 and the fourth roller 554, A second roller 552 disposed movably in the horizontal direction by the tension of the wire 511 and a second roller 552 disposed inside the box 555 and being in contact with the 1-1 wire 511, One Is disposed between the second roller 552 and the fourth roller 554 and is arranged so as to be movable in
  • a first roller 551 is disposed at a position farthest from the drum 530
  • a second roller 552 is disposed at a position farther from the drum 530
  • a third roller 553 is disposed at a position farther from the drum 530
  • the fourth roller 554 is positioned closest to the drum.
  • the first roller 551, the second roller 552, the third roller 553 and the fourth roller 554 are assembled to respective roller shafts 551a, 552a, 553a and 554a, And can be rotated around the roller shafts 551a, 552a, 553a, and 554a.
  • the roller shafts 551a, 552a, 553a, and 554a are arranged in a horizontal direction.
  • At least one of the first roller 551, the second roller 552, the third roller 553 and the fourth roller 554 may be rotated in a fixed state while the other may be rotated while being moved along the roller axis have.
  • the first roller 551 is a fixed roller that is not moved along the roller axis. In the present embodiment, the first roller 551 is rotated around the roller shaft 551a in a state where the first roller 551 is assembled to the roller shaft 551a.
  • the second roller 552, the third roller 553, and the fourth roller 554 are movable rollers that are movable in the horizontal direction along the respective roller axes.
  • the second roller 552, the third roller 553 and the fourth roller 554 are rotatable in a state where they are assembled to the roller shafts 552a, 553a, and 554a.
  • the third roller 553 and the fourth roller 554 for example, the tension of the wire
  • the roller shaft 552a, 553a, and 554a Can be moved.
  • the rollers 552, 553 and 554 can be moved relative to each other.
  • the 1-1 wire 511 is aligned in line with the drum 530 by the relative movement of the second roller 552, the third roller 553 and the fourth roller 554.
  • a wire guard 551b is disposed at a predetermined distance from the first roller 551.
  • a 1-1 wire 511 is disposed between the wire guard 551b and the first roller 551. The wire guard 551b prevents the wire wound on the roller from being separated from the roller.
  • the wire guards 552b, 553b and 554b are also disposed on the second roller 552, the third roller 553 and the fourth roller 554, respectively.
  • the outermost first roller 551 excludes axial movement, thereby preventing axial movement of the wire.
  • the height of the suction grille 320 may be varied, and the suction grille 320 may be shaken.
  • the first roller 551 is rotated in place in the box 555 and the second roller 552, the third roller 553 and the fourth roller 554 are rotated along the respective roller axes Can be moved.
  • the first roller 551, the second roller 552, the third roller 553 and the fourth roller 554 are arranged in a zigzag fashion in the vertical direction.
  • the second roller 552 is disposed on the upper side of the first roller 551 and the third roller 553 is disposed on the lower side of the first roller 551 on the basis of the first roller 551.
  • the fourth roller 554 is disposed above the first roller 551 and the second roller 552 and below the third roller 553.
  • the second roller shaft 552a is positioned at the highest position
  • the third roller shaft 553a is positioned at the lowest position
  • the first roller shaft 551a is positioned higher than the third roller shaft 553a
  • the roller shaft 554a is positioned higher than the first roller shaft 551.
  • the four roller shafts 554a are positioned above the center axis C and the wires connecting the drum body 535 are arranged inclined upward. Tension can be formed on the wire through the relative arrangement of the four roller shafts 554a and the center axis C.
  • the first roller 551, the second roller 552, the third roller 553 and the fourth roller 554 are overlapped in the vertical direction to reduce the width of the right and left sides of the roller box 550.
  • the gap between the first roller 551 and the third roller 553 is formed to be smaller than the diameter of the second roller 552.
  • the gap between the second roller 552 and the fourth roller 554 is smaller than the diameter of the third roller 553.
  • the 1-1 wire 511 surrounds the lower outer circumferential surface of the first roller 551 and covers the upper outer circumferential surface of the fourth roller 554.
  • the second roller box 560 includes a box 565 fixed to the unit case 590 and a second roller box 560 disposed inside the box 565 and in contact with the 1-2 wire 512, A first roller 561 and a fourth roller 564 which are rotated by friction upon movement of the second wire 512 and a fourth roller 564 which are disposed inside the box 565, A second roller 562 and a third roller 563 which are rotated by friction when the 1-2 wire 512 is moved and are relatively movable in the axial direction by the tension of the 1-2 wire 512, .
  • the first roller 561, the second roller 562, the third roller 563 and the fourth roller 564 are assembled to the respective roller shafts 561a, 562a, 563a, 564a, And can be rotated about the roller shafts 561a, 562a, 563a, and 564a.
  • the second roller box 560 includes a wire guard 561b (see FIG. 5) spaced apart from the first roller 561, the second roller 562, the third roller 563 and the fourth roller 564 562b, 563b, and 564b are disposed.
  • the first roller box 550 and the second roller box 560 are disposed symmetrically with respect to the drum 530. Particularly, the first roller box 550 and the second roller box 560 are arranged symmetrically with respect to the axis center C, respectively.
  • the first roller 551 and the second roller 551 are disposed on the furthest side with respect to the shaft center C and the fourth rollers 554 and 564 are disposed on the closest side.
  • one end of the 1-1 wire 511 and one end of the 1-2 wire 512 are positioned on the opposite sides with respect to the axis center of the drum 530.
  • the 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 are wound or unwound on the drum body 535 in the same direction by the rotation of the drum 530.
  • the unit case 590 is formed in a box shape, and a first hole 591 and a second hole 592 are formed on a side surface thereof.
  • the first hole 591 is disposed on one side of the unit case 590 and the second hole 592 is disposed on the other side of the unit case 590.
  • the first hole 591 is formed on the left side of the unit case 590
  • the second hole 592 is formed on the right side of the unit case 590.
  • a wire guider 700 for supporting the wire is disposed on the front body 310 when the wire is wound or unwound by the elevator 500.
  • Four wire guiders 700 are arranged and correspond to the respective wires 511, 512, 521, and 522.
  • the wire guider corresponding to the first wire 511 is defined as the first wire guider 701 and the wire guider corresponding to the second wire 512 is defined as the second wire guider 702,
  • the wire guider corresponding to the fourth wire 514 is defined as the third wire guider 703 and the wire guider corresponding to the fourth wire 514 is defined as the fourth wire guider 704.
  • the first wire guider 701 and the second wire guider 702 are disposed opposite to each other.
  • the third wire guider 703 and the fourth wire guider 704 are disposed facing each other.
  • the first wire guider 701, the second wire guider 702, the third wire guider 703, and the fourth wire guider 704 are all located at the same height.
  • the first wire guider 701 and the second wire guider 702 are symmetrical with respect to the direction of the motor shaft 541 of the first unit.
  • the third wire guider 703 and the fourth wire guider 704 are symmetrical with respect to the direction of the motor shaft 541 of the second unit when viewed from the top view or the bottom view.
  • the arrangement directions of the first wire guider 701 and the second wire guider 702 and the arrangement directions of the third wire guider 703 and the fourth wire guider 704 are parallel.
  • first wire guider 701 is positioned on the first corner cover 316-1 side
  • second wire guider 702 is positioned on the second corner cover 316-2 side
  • the wire guider 703 is positioned on the side of the third corner cover 316-3
  • the fourth wire guider 704 is positioned on the side of the fourth corner cover 316-4.
  • the wire guider 700 is disposed on the front body 310.
  • the wire guider 700 protrudes from the front body 310 toward the elevator 500 side.
  • Each wire guider 700 is disposed on the inner surface 310a of the front body 310.
  • the wire guider 700 is positioned between the roller box 550 and the front body 310.
  • the wire guider 700 protrudes in the horizontal direction from the front body 310 toward the roller box 550.
  • the wire guider 700 is positioned above the suction grill 320 and below the bell mouth 142.
  • the wire guider 700 includes a fixed block 710 disposed on an inner surface 310a of the front body 310 and protruding toward the roller box 550 and an assembling block 710 assembled with the fixed block 710. [ And a guider 750 disposed in the assembly block 720 and rotatable in the assembly block 720 and supporting the wire.
  • the wire guider 700 includes the fixed block 710 and the assembly block 720.
  • the wire guider 700 may be formed as a single integrated block unlike the present embodiment.
  • the one block may be integrally formed with the front body 310 or may be separately manufactured and then assembled to the front body 310.
  • the guider 750 supports the wire and supports the wire.
  • the guider 750 may be rotated with the wire when the wire is wound or unwound.
  • the guider 750 accommodates the wire and provides a structure for facilitating movement of the wire.
  • the guider 750 may be formed in various shapes, but in the present embodiment, it is formed in a disc shape.
  • the guider 750 includes a guider body 752 having a center of rotation in the horizontal direction and a guider body 752 disposed on the outer surface of the guider body 752 and recessed toward the center of rotation, And a guider shaft 755 passing through the rotation center of the guider body 752 and rotatably assembled to the assembly block 720.
  • the guider body 752 is formed in the form of a disk, and is disposed standing up and down.
  • the guider body 752 is rotated in the vertical direction, and the center of rotation is formed in the horizontal direction.
  • the outer surface 752a of the guider body 752 is formed in a circular shape.
  • the guider groove 754 is recessed from the outer surface of the guider body 752 toward the center of rotation.
  • the guider groove 754 is formed in a ring shape along the outer surface of the guider body 752.
  • the wire is inserted into the guider groove 754 and can form a frictional force with the guider body 752 by friction.
  • the guider body 752 can be rotated by friction between the wire and the guider body 752.
  • a guider shaft hole 753 through which the guider shaft 755 passes is formed at the rotational center of the guider body 752.
  • the forming direction of the guider hole 753 and the forming direction of the guider groove 754 are intersected.
  • the guider shaft 755 and the guider body 752 are manufactured and assembled. Unlike the present embodiment, the guider shaft 755 and the guider body 752 can be integrally manufactured.
  • the fixed block 710 is composed of two blocks. Unlike the present embodiment, the fixed block 710 can be manufactured in one. In this embodiment, the fixed block 710 is fabricated integrally with the front body 310. Unlike the present embodiment, the fixed block 710 may be manufactured separately and then assembled to the front body 310. [
  • the fixed block 710 includes a first fixed block 711 and a second fixed block 712.
  • the first fixed block 711 and the second fixed block 712 are arranged in the horizontal direction and are symmetrically left and right.
  • the first fixed block 711 and the second fixed block 712 are spaced from each other to form an insertion gap 713 and the guider 750 is positioned at the insertion gap 713.
  • the load applied to the guider 750 is supported through the first fixed block 711 and the second fixed block 712. Since the first fixed block 711 and the second fixed block 712 have the same shape, the first fixed block 711 will be described as an example.
  • the first fixed block 711 includes a fixed block body 730, a coupling hole 735 penetrating the fixed block body 730 in the vertical direction, and the fixed block body 730, A first inserting portion 731 protruding toward the side of the fixing block body 730 and inserted into the erection block 720 and forming an engagement with the erection block 720 in the vertical direction, And a second inserting portion 732 protruding toward the elevator 500 and inserted into the assembling block 720 and forming an interlock with the assembling block 720 in the vertical direction.
  • the first insertion portion 731 and the second insertion portion 732 are integrally formed.
  • the upper surfaces of the first insertion portion 731 and the second insertion portion 732 form a continuous plane.
  • the lower sides of the first insertion portion 731 and the second insertion portion 732 also form a continuous plane. That is, the upper surface 711a and the lower surface 711b of the first fixed block 711 are formed in a plane, parallel to each other, and arranged in a horizontal direction.
  • the first insertion portion 731 is disposed close to the insertion gap 713 and the second insertion portion 732 is disposed close to the insertion gap 713.
  • the first insertion portion 731 and the second insertion portion 732 protrude in the horizontal direction and form different protrusion lengths.
  • the first insertion portion 731 is further projected toward the elevator 500 side than the second insertion portion 732. [ That is, the protrusion length of the first insertion portion 731 is formed to be longer than the protrusion length of the second insertion portion 732.
  • the coupling hole 735 is formed in the first insertion portion 731.
  • the surface protruding from the first insertion portion 731 toward the assembly block 720 is formed as a curved surface 731a.
  • the curved surface 731a is formed in the arrangement direction of the first insertion portion 731 and the second insertion portion 732.
  • the inner side surface 711c forming the insertion gap 713 in the first fixed block 711 and the outer side surface 711d remote from the insertion gap 713 are formed parallel to each other.
  • the inner surface 711c and the outer surface 711d are orthogonal to the upper surface 711a.
  • the upper surfaces 711a and 712a of the first fixed block 711 and the second fixed block 712 are disposed on the same plane and the lower surfaces 711b and 712b are also disposed on the same plane.
  • the insertion gap 713 is formed between the inner side surfaces 711c and 712c of the first fixed block 711 and the second fixed block 712. [ The inner surfaces 711c and 712c of the first fixed block 711 and the second fixed block 712 are arranged parallel to each other with respect to the vertical direction. The outer side surfaces 711d and 712d of the first fixed block 711 and the second fixed block 712 are arranged parallel to each other with respect to the vertical direction.
  • the fastening holes 735 of the first fixed block 711 and the second fixed block 712 are parallel to each other with respect to the vertical direction.
  • a space 739 is formed between the first fixed block 711 and the inner surface 310a of the front body 310. [ A space 739 is also formed between the second fixed block 712 and the inner surface 310a of the front body 310.
  • the spaces 739 are formed in the vertical direction and pass through the first fixed block 711 and the second fixed block 712. The strength of the fixed block can be improved through the space. It is possible to suppress the deformation that may occur in the process of generating the fixed block through the space 739.
  • the first insertion porgram 736 connecting the first insertion portion 731 and the inner side surface 310a is formed by the space 739.
  • the second insertion bore 737 connecting the second insertion portion 732 and the inner side surface 310a is formed by the space 739.
  • the assembly block 720 is configured to surround the outer surface of the fixed block 710.
  • the fixing block 710 is inserted into the assembly block 720.
  • the fixed block 710 and the assembling block 720 are assembled in the horizontal direction, and the fixed block 710 and the assembling block 720 form mutual engagement in the vertical direction.
  • the assembly block 720 includes an assembly block body 740 in which the guider 750 is rotatably assembled and has a first block opening surface 721a and a second block opening surface 722a formed on one side thereof, A first insertion space 721 formed inside the block body 740 and recessed inside the first block opening surface 721a and into which the first fixed block 711 is inserted, A second insertion space 722 which is formed inside the second block opening surface 740 and is recessed inside the second block opening surface 721a and into which the second fixing block 712 is inserted, A guider installation space 742 formed outside the first insertion space 721 and the second insertion space 722 and into which the guider 750 is inserted, A guider shaft groove 744 which is formed on the outside and supports the rotation shaft of the guider 750 and an inner side and an outer side of the assembly block body 740 It formed therethrough, and includes a coupling hole 745 which is a fastening member is inserted.
  • the first fixed block 711 is inserted into the first insertion space 721a
  • the second fixed block 712 is inserted into the second insertion space 722a.
  • the first insertion space 721a and the second insertion space 722a are opened toward the inner side surface 310a of the front body 310 and project toward the elevator 500.
  • the first insertion space 721a and the second insertion space 722a may be formed with one insertion space, unlike the present embodiment.
  • the first fixing block and the second fixing block are inserted into one insertion space, so that a clearance can be generated.
  • the wire guider 700 is a structure for supporting the wire, it is necessary to minimize the play and the swing.
  • the guider 750 is shaken when supporting the wire, not only the operating noise is generated but also a larger shake is generated in the suction grille 320 supported by the wire.
  • the first insertion space 721a and the second insertion space 722a are formed in the horizontal direction.
  • the assembly block body 740 has only one side open and the other side closed.
  • a guider mounting space 742 and guide shaft grooves 744 and 746 are formed on the outer surface of the assembly block body 740.
  • the guider installation space 742 is formed in the horizontal direction, and the front and rear width thereof is narrower than the vertical thickness.
  • the guider installation space 742 is formed by the first guider installation wall 742a, the second guider installation wall 742b, and the third guider installation wall 742c.
  • the first guider mounting wall 742a and the third guider mounting wall 742c are opposed to each other and the second guider mounting wall 742b is arranged to face the first guider mounting wall 742a and the third guider mounting wall 742c.
  • the second guider mounting wall 742b intersects with the first guider mounting wall 742a and the third guider mounting wall 742c and is orthogonal in this embodiment.
  • the first guider mounting wall 742a and the third guider mounting wall 742c are formed parallel to each other and the guider 750 is inserted between the first guider mounting wall 742a and the third guider mounting wall 742c do.
  • the gap between the first guider mounting wall 742a and the third guider mounting wall 742c is longer than the thickness of the guider 750.
  • the gap between the first guider mounting wall 742a and the third guider mounting wall 742c is formed narrower than the insertion gap 713 between the first fixing block 711 and the second fixing block 712.
  • the upper and lower lengths of the guider installation space 742 are formed to be smaller than the diameter of the guider 750 and the guider 750 protrudes upward and downward of the guider installation space 742.
  • the first guider mounting wall 742a and the third guider mounting wall 742c are formed flat in the vertical direction, but the second guider mounting wall 742b is not.
  • the upper side of the second guider mounting wall 742b may protrude toward the guider 750 side.
  • the upper side of the second guider mounting wall 742b is formed with the detachment preventing protrusion 743 which gently protrudes toward the guider 750 side.
  • the distance between the second guider mounting wall 742b and the guider body 752 is smaller than the diameter of the wire so that the wire is separated from the second guider mounting wall 742b and the guider body 752 Can be prevented.
  • the detachment protrusion 743 is a structure for preventing the guider body 752 from being inadvertently detached from the assembly block 720.
  • the separation preventing projection 743 is defined as the first separation preventing projection.
  • the first detachment prevention protrusion 743 protrudes from the second guider mounting wall 742b toward the guider 750 side.
  • the first separation preventing protrusion 743 forms a predetermined curvature and is separated from the outer surface 752a of the guider 750 by a predetermined distance.
  • the first detachment protrusion 743 formed on the assembly block covers the outer surface of the guider 750 in the present embodiment, it is possible to prevent the wire from being separated from between the guider body 752 and the assembly block 720 .
  • the gap between the first separation preventing protrusion 743 and the outer side surface 752a of the guider 750 is formed to be smaller than the diameter of the wire so that the wire is separated from the guider 750 by detaching the wire groove 754 You can block things.
  • the wire provided in the guider groove 754 is positioned between the second guider mounting wall 742b and the wire groove 754.
  • At least a portion of the first detachment protrusion 743 may be centered at the center of rotation of the guider shaft 755 at the center of rotation.
  • the first detachment prevention protrusion 743 is positioned above the rotational center of the guider shaft 755.
  • the outer surface 752a of the guider body 752 may interfere with the first detachment protrusion 743 when the guider shaft 755 is inserted into the guide shaft grooves 744 and 746.
  • the guider body 752 is assembled with the detachable protrusions 743 in a detent-fitting manner. After the guider shaft 755 is assembled, the outer surface 752a of the guider body 752 and the detachment protrusion 743 are spaced apart from each other by a predetermined distance.
  • the guide shaft grooves 744 and 746 are disposed on both sides of the guider installation space 742, respectively.
  • the first guide shaft 744 is disposed on the side of the first guider mounting wall 742a and the second guide shaft 746 is disposed on the side of the third guider mounting wall 742c.
  • the direction in which the first guide shaft 744 and the second guide shaft 746 are formed is orthogonal to the forming direction of the guider mounting space 742.
  • the first guide shaft groove 744 and the second guide shaft groove 746 are symmetrical with respect to the guider installation space 742.
  • the first guide shaft 744 and the second guide shaft 746 are recessed downward from the upper surface of the assembly block body 740.
  • the first guide shaft groove 744 Since the shape of the second guide shaft groove 746 is symmetrical with the first guide shaft groove 744, the first guide shaft groove 744 will be described as an example.
  • Guide shaft 744, 746 includes a first axial wall 744a, a second axial wall 744b, and a third axial wall 744c.
  • the first axial wall 744a and the third axial wall 744c are formed parallel to each other.
  • a guider shaft 755 of the guider 750 is inserted between the first axial wall 744a and the third axial wall 744c.
  • the gap between the first axial wall 744a and the third axial wall 744c is formed wider than the diameter of the guider shaft 755. [
  • the guider shaft 755 may be rotated between the first axial wall 744a and the third axial wall 744c.
  • Preventing protrusion 747 for preventing separation of the guide shaft 755 is disposed.
  • a structure for preventing the guide shaft 755 from separating from the guide shaft grooves 744 and 746 is defined as a second detachment protrusion.
  • the second detachment prevention protrusions 747 are disposed at two places.
  • the second separation preventing protrusion 747 includes a second-1 separation preventing protrusion 747a protruding from the first axial wall 744a toward the third axial wall 744c and a second separation preventing protrusion 747b extending from the third axial wall 744c to the first axial wall 744a And a second 2-2 separation preventing projection 747c projecting toward the rear side.
  • only one of the second-first separation preventing projection 747a and the second-second separation preventing projection 747c may be disposed.
  • the gap between the second-first detachment protrusion 747a and the second-second detachment protrusion 747c is formed to be smaller than the diameter of the guider shaft 755.
  • the second-first detachment protrusion 747a and the second-second detachment protrusion 747c are positioned above the rotational center of the guider shaft 755.
  • the second-first detachment protrusion 747a and the second-second detachment protrusion 747c surround the outer portion of the guider shaft 755.
  • the arrangement direction of the second-first separation preventing projection 747a and the second-second separation preventing projection 747c intersects with the longitudinal direction of the guider shaft 755.
  • the first detachment protrusion 743 and the second detachment protrusion 747 prevent the guider from being separated from the assembly block 720 and also prevent the guider 750 from moving up and down.
  • the first detachment protrusion 743 and the second detachment protrusion 747 restrict the swinging and movement of the guider 750 and cause the detachment of the guider 750 during rotation of the guider 750 Thereby minimizing operating noise.
  • the shaking of the suction grille 320 during the operation of the elevator 500 is also minimized can do.
  • the wire surrounds the upper side of the guider 750 and is turned downward. Therefore, since the load of the suction grille 320 is loaded on the wire, the guider 750 is pushed downward. That is, since the guider 750 is pushed downward during the installation state or operation, when the operator does not intentionally operate the guider, the guider does not separate from the guider installation space 742 and the guider shaft 744 (746).
  • the guider is divided into a fixed block and an assembled block for easy installation.
  • the guiding structure may be formed in the fixed block and the guider may be provided, unlike the present embodiment.
  • the guider mounting space and the guider shaft groove can be formed in the fixed block.
  • the wire is turned downward around the guider 750, and is fixed to the suction grill 320.
  • One end of the wire is fixed to the drum body 535 of the elevator 500, and the other end is fixed to the upper side of the suction grille 320.
  • the suction grill 320 is formed with a wire fixing part 329 to which the other end of the wire is fixed.
  • the wire fixing portion 329 is disposed in the grill body 322 of the suction grille 320. [ Particularly, the wire fixing portion 329 is disposed on the grill body portion 324 where the grill hole 321 is not formed in the grill body 322, and protrudes upward.
  • a wire fixing portion disposed below the first wire guider 701 is defined as a first wire fixing portion and a wire fixing portion disposed below the second wire guider 702 is defined as a second wire fixing portion,
  • a wire fixing portion disposed below the wire guider 703 is defined as a third wire fixing portion and a wire fixing portion disposed below the fourth wire guider 701 is defined as a fourth wire fixing portion.
  • the wire extends vertically downward through the guider 750 and is fixed to the wire fixing portion 329.
  • the guider 750 is positioned above the grill body portion 324.
  • the wire guider 700 is positioned above the suction grill 320 and is covered by the suction grill 320. [ In particular, since the wire guider 700 is positioned above the grill body portion 324, the wire guider 700 is not exposed to the user.
  • the wire guider 700 is positioned closer to the suction port 101 side than the vane module 200.
  • the vane module 200 is detachable from the front body 310 and prevents interference with wires during the separation of the vane module 200.
  • the vane module 200 is positioned outside the four wires 511, 512, 521, and 522, and the worker can move the four wires 511, 512, 521, and 522
  • the vane module 200 can be separated.
  • the operator When repairing or replacing the elevator 500, the operator removes the four wires 511, 512, 521, and 522 independently of the vane module 200 while the suction grille 320 is lowered can do.
  • the rotation sensing device 600 senses the amount of rotation of the drum 530.
  • the rotation sensing device 600 should sense a rotation amount more precisely than the rotation number of the drum 530.
  • the 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 of the first unit 510 and the 2-1 wire 521 and the 2-2 wire of the second unit 520 Since the wire 522 must be wound or unwound simultaneously, the amount of rotation of the drum 530 must be sensed precisely.
  • the rotation sensing device 600 disposed in the first unit 510 will be described as an example.
  • the rotation sensing device 600 includes a rotation sensing factor 601 disposed on the drum 530 and rotated together with the rotation of the drum 530 and a rotation sensing factor 601 disposed apart from the rotation sensing factor 601, A sensor 602 for sensing the amount of rotation of the rotation sensing factor 601 and a printed circuit board 603 on which the sensor 602 is disposed.
  • the rotation sensing factor 601 is disposed at a position where the rotation sensing factor 601 is rotated together when the drum 530 is rotated.
  • the rotation sensing factor 601 may be disposed in at least one of the 1-1 barrier 534 and the 1-2 barrier 536.
  • a plurality of the rotation sensing factors 601 are arranged and the plurality of rotation sensing factors 601 are arranged at equal intervals in the circumferential direction with respect to the axis center C of the drum 530.
  • the rotation sensing factor 601 is disposed in the 1-1 barrier 534.
  • the rotation sensing factor 601 has a sawtooth shape.
  • the rotation sensing factor 601 is arranged radially outwardly with respect to the axis C of the drum 530.
  • the sensor 602 senses the rotation sensing factor 601.
  • the sensor 602 may be an infrared sensor or a photo sensor.
  • the sensor 602 senses a signal generated by the rotation sensing factor 601 when the drum 530 rotates. For example, the sensor 602 generates infrared rays and receives the generated infrared rays. do.
  • the sensor 602 determines the rotation angle, the number of rotations, and the rotation speed of the drum 530 through the change of the infrared ray blocked by the rotation detection factor 601 .
  • the sensor mounting portion 604 is protruded from the printed circuit board 603 to effectively sense the rotation sensing factor 601.
  • the printed circuit board 603 is disposed parallel to the axis C of the printed circuit board.
  • the printed circuit board 603 is installed in any one of the drum motor 540, the unit case 590, and the roller box.
  • the printed circuit board 603 is installed in the drum motor 540 and is disposed in parallel with the motor shaft of the drum motor 540.
  • the sensor mounting portion 604 protrudes from the printed circuit board 603 toward the drum 530.
  • the constant sensor mounting portion 604 is disposed orthogonally to the printed circuit board 603.
  • the sensor mounting portion 604 is provided with the sensor 602.
  • the sensor 602 includes a light emitting unit for generating an infrared signal and a light receiving unit for receiving the infrared signal generated by the light emitting unit. Since the operation mechanism of the sensor 602 is a general technique to those skilled in the art, a detailed description will be omitted.
  • the structure of the sensor mounting portion 604 and the printed circuit board 603 for effectively recognizing the rotation sensing factor 601 is characteristic.
  • the sensor mounting portion 604 is formed in a " C "shape when viewed from the top view.
  • the sensor mounting portion 604 is formed with a slot 605 through which the rotation sensing factor 601 can pass. Upon rotation of the drum 530, the rotation sensing factor 601 passes through the slot 605 and the sensor 602 senses a rotation sensing factor 601 passing through the slot 605.
  • the slot 605 is perpendicular to the axial center of the drum 530.
  • the slot 605 is located on the rotation plane of the rotation sensing factor 601.
  • the slot 605 and the first-first barrier 534 are positioned at least partially on the same side do.
  • the slot 605 is disposed in parallel with the 1-2 barrier 536 and the partition 533.
  • the sensor installation part 604 may be a structure in which only the sensor 602 is installed.
  • the sensor mounting portion 604 may include a printed circuit board capable of supplying power to the sensor 602. Therefore, the printed circuit board 603 and the sensor mounting portion 604 can be electrically connected.
  • a permanent magnet may be used as the rotation sensing factor, and the sensor may be a hall sensor for sensing a permanent magnet.
  • the sensor may be a hall sensor for sensing a permanent magnet.
  • a plurality of permanent posts may be arranged in the circumferential direction along the edge of the 1-1 barrier 534.
  • the rotation sensing factor 601 may be disposed in the 1-2 barrier 536 or in the partition 533, unlike the present embodiment.
  • the second unit 520 is constructed in the same manner as the first unit 510, and thus a detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the suction grill 320 When the suction grill 320 is lowered, the four vane modules 200 and the elevator 500 are exposed. The suction grille 320 maintains a state in which the suction grill 320 is in close contact with the front body 310 because the wires are kept pulled upward.
  • Each of the wire guiders is positioned above the grill corner portion 327 constituting the suction grill 320.
  • the suction grill 320 includes a grill body 322 communicating with the suction port 101 by a plurality of grill holes 321 and formed in a rectangular shape and a grill body 322 extending in a diagonal direction from the corners of the grill body 322 A first grill corner portion 327-1, a second grill corner portion 327-2, a third grill corner portion 327-3, and a fourth grill corner portion 327-4.
  • the vane module 200 is disposed outside each edge of the suction grill 320 and includes a first grill corner portion 327-1 and a first grill corner portion 327-2 disposed between the first grill corner portion 327-1 and the second grill corner portion 327-2. And a second vane disposed between the second grille corner portion 327-2 and the third grille corner portion 327-3 and disposed on an outer side of each edge of the suction grille 320, And a third vane module positioned between each of the third and fourth grill corner portions 327-3 and 327-4 and positioned outside the respective edges of the suction grill 320.
  • the third vane module 327 includes a module 202, And a fourth vane module (204) disposed between the fourth grill corner portion (327-4) and the first grill corner portion (327-1) and disposed outside each edge of the suction grill (203) ).
  • the vane module 200 arranged at the 12 o'clock direction is defined as the first vane module 201 and the vane module 200 arranged at the 3 o'clock direction is defined as the second vane module 202,
  • the arranged vane module 200 is defined as a third vane module 203 and the vane module 200 arranged at a 9 o'clock position is defined as a fourth vane module 204.
  • the first vane module 201, the second vane module 202, the third vane module 203 and the fourth vane module 204 are spaced at 90 degrees from the center C of the front panel 300 .
  • the first vane module 201 and the third vane module 203 are disposed in parallel and the second vane module 202 and the fourth vane module 204 are disposed in parallel.
  • the side cover 314 disposed outside the first vane module 201 is defined as the first side cover 314-1 and the side cover 314 disposed outside the second vane module 202 is defined as the first side cover 314-1,
  • the cover 314 is defined as a second side cover 314-2 and the side cover 314 disposed outside the third vane module 203 is defined as a third side cover 314-3,
  • the side cover 314 disposed outside the fourth vane module 204 is defined as a fourth side cover 314-4.
  • Each side cover 314 is assembled to the edge of the front frame 312 and is positioned below the front frame 312 and exposed to the outside and disposed outside each vane module 202.
  • the corner cover 316 disposed between the first vane module 201 and the second vane module 202 is defined as a first corner cover 316-1.
  • a corner cover 316 disposed between the second vane module 202 and the third vane module 203 is defined as a second corner cover 316-2.
  • the corner cover 316 disposed between the third vane module 203 and the fourth vane module 204 is defined as a third corner cover 316-3.
  • a corner cover 316 disposed between the fourth vane module 204 and the first vane module 201 is defined as a fourth corner cover 316-4.
  • the first corner cover 316-1 is assembled to the corner of the front frame 312 and is positioned below the front frame 312.
  • the second corner cover 316-2 is assembled to the edge of the front frame 312 and is positioned below the front frame 312.
  • the third corner cover 316-3 is assembled to the edge of the front frame 312 and is positioned below the front frame 312.
  • the fourth corner cover 316-4 is assembled to an edge of the front frame 312 and is positioned below the front frame 312.
  • the first corner cover 316-1 and the third corner cover 316-3 are arranged in a diagonal direction with respect to the center O of the front panel 300 and are disposed facing each other.
  • the second corner cover 316-2 and the fourth corner cover 316-4 are arranged in a diagonal direction with respect to the center O of the front panel 300 and arranged to face each other.
  • P1 and P2 are defined as P1 and P2.
  • P1 is an imaginary line connecting the first corner cover 316-1 and the third corner cover 316-3 and P2 is a virtual line connecting the second corner cover 316-2 and the fourth corner cover 316- 4).
  • the suction panel 320 is provided with a first grill corner portion 327-1, a second grill corner portion 327-2, a third grill corner portion 327-3, and a fourth grill corner portion 327-3, (327-4).
  • the first vane module 201 is disposed outside each edge of the suction grill 320 with respect to the grill corner portions and the first grill corner portion 327-1 and the second grill corner portion 327- 2.
  • the second vane module 202 is disposed outside each edge of the suction grille and is disposed between the second grille corner portion 327-2 and the third grille corner portion 327-3.
  • the third vane module 203 is disposed outside each edge of the suction grille and disposed between the third and fourth grille corner portions 327-3 and 327-4.
  • the fourth vane module 204 is disposed outside each edge of the suction grill and disposed between the fourth grill corner portion 327-4 and the first grill corner portion 327-1.
  • the first grill corner portion 327-1 extends toward the first corner cover 316-1 and forms a continuous surface with the outer surface of the first corner cover 316-1.
  • the grill corner borders 326 of the first grill corner portions 327-1 are opposed to the corner decoror borders 317 of the first corner covers 316-1 and the corner decoror borders 317a .
  • the grill corner borders 326 of the remaining grill corner portions 327 and the corner decoror borders 317 of the corner covers 316 are also opposed to each other to form a corner decoror border gap 317a.
  • the suction grill 320 is formed with four grill corner portions 327 arranged to face the respective corner covers 316. Each of the grill corner portions 327 is arranged to face the corner covers 316.
  • the grill corner portion 327 disposed opposite to the first corner cover 316-1 is defined as a first grill corner portion 327-1 and the grill corner portion 327 is disposed so as to face the second corner cover 316-2
  • the grill corner portion 327 is defined as a first grill corner portion 327-2 and the grill corner portion 327 disposed opposite to the third corner cover 316-3 is defined as a third grill corner portion
  • a grill corner portion 327 disposed opposite to the fourth corner cover 316-4 is defined as a fourth grill corner portion 327-4.
  • the grill side borders 325 forming the edges of the grill corner portions 327 are arranged to face the corner decoror edge borders 317 forming the inner edges of the corner covers 316, .
  • the grill corner borders 326 forming the edges of the grill corner portions 327 are arranged to face the inner edge of the vane 210, and the shapes of the curved lines also correspond to each other.
  • a permanent magnet 318 and a magnetic force fixing portion 328 are disposed to keep the suction grille 320 in close contact with the front body 310.
  • the permanent magnet 318 or the magnetic force fixing portion 328 may be disposed on the front body 310 and the magnetic force fixing portion 328 or the permanent magnet 328 may be disposed on the side surface of each of the grill corners 327 318 may be disposed.
  • the permanent magnet 318 and the magnetic force fixing portion 328 are located above each grill corner portion 327 and are hidden by the respective grill corner portions 327.
  • the gap between the suction grill 320 and the front body 310 can be minimized because the permanent magnet 318 and the magnetic force fixing portion 328 are located outside the respective corners of the suction grille 320.
  • the permanent magnet 318 is disposed on the front body 310. Specifically, the permanent magnet is disposed on the corner frame 313.
  • the magnetic force fixing portion 328 is formed of a metal material which interacts with the permanent magnet 318 to form a pulling force.
  • the magnetic force fixing portion 328 is disposed on the upper side of the suction grille 320. Specifically, the magnetic force fixing portion 328 is disposed on the side of the grill corner portion 327.
  • the permanent magnet 318 attracts the magnetic force fixing portion 328 to fix the suction grill 320.
  • the magnetic force of the permanent magnet 318 is formed to be smaller than the self weight of the suction grille 320.
  • the permanent magnets 318 When viewed in a top view or a bottom view, the permanent magnets 318 are disposed on the virtual diagonal lines P1 and P2. The permanent magnet 318 is positioned inside the corner cover 316.
  • One of the four permanent magnets 318 is positioned between the first module body 410 of the first vane module 201 and the second module body 420 of the fourth vane module 204, .
  • the remaining three permanent magnets are also disposed between the first module body 410 and the second module body 420 of each vane module.
  • the permanent magnet 318 and the magnetic force fixing portion 328 are located above each grill corner portion 327 and are hidden by the respective grill corner portions 327.
  • the suction grille 320 may be lowered for cleaning the filter or for repairing the interior of the indoor unit.
  • the suction grill 320 is supported by four wires 511, 512, 521 and 522 and the load of the suction grill 320 is all connected to four wires 511, 512, 521 and 522 .
  • the suction grille 320 maintains a state in which it is in close contact with the front body 9310 by the four wires 511, 512, 521, and 522. That is, the suction grille 320 and the front body 310 are not provided with separate coupling structures for supporting.
  • each of the wires 511, 512, 521, and 522 always forms a tight tension.
  • some of the wires 511, 512, 521 and 522 may form a loose state and the elevator 500 may be connected to the wires 511 and 512 ) 521 and 522 can not be precisely controlled.
  • the wires 511, 512, 521, and 522 since the wires 511, 512, 521, and 522 according to the present embodiment always support the load of the suction grille 320, the entire length unrolled from the outside of the elevator 500 is always kept in a tight state.
  • the first wire fixing portion 329-1, the second wire fixing portion 329-2, the third wire fixing portion 329-3 and the fourth wire fixing portion 329-4 are connected to the suction panel 320 And is positioned at each corner side.
  • the edges of the suction grille 320 can be brought into close contact with the front body 310 and the deflection of the suction grille 320 can be suppressed to a large extent by the four wire fixing portions being pulled upward by the respective wires and coming into close contact with the front body 310 Can be minimized.
  • each wire guider 701, 702, 703 and 704 is arranged with respect to the four wires 511, 512, 521 and 522, the respective wires 511, 512, 521 and 522 Can be prevented.
  • the loads applied to the respective wires 511, 512, 521, and 522 can be partially dispersed by the respective wire guiders 701, 702, 703, and 704. Since the wires 511, 512, 521 and 522 are moved only along the wire grooves 754 arranged in the vertical direction, the widths of the wires 511, 512, 521 and 522 Movement of the suction grille 320 can be suppressed, and the swing of the suction grille 320 can be minimized.
  • the controller determines the input operation signal and descends the suction grille 320 .
  • the suction grille 320 When the suction grille 320 is lowered, the user can adjust the descending length of the suction grille 320.
  • the suction grill 320 can be lowered to 1m, 2m, 3m, and 4.5m.
  • the controller controls the first unit 510 and the second unit 520 at the same time to determine the input operation signal and controls the drum motor 540 disposed in the first unit 510 and the second unit 520, Is determined.
  • the suction grill 320 tilts only when the rotational speed and the rotational speed of each drum motor 540 are made to coincide with each other when the drum motor 540 of the first unit 510 and the drum motor 540 of the second unit 520 are simultaneously operated. Can be prevented.
  • each drum motor 540 rotates the respective drums 530 in the first direction (for example, counterclockwise)
  • the suction grill 320 is lowered.
  • each drum motor 540 rotates each drum 530 in a second direction (e.g., clockwise) opposite to the first direction, the suction grill 320 is raised.
  • the rotation amount sensing device 600 disposed in the first unit 510 and the second unit 520 receives the rotation sensing factor 601 And senses at least one of the rotation amount of the drum 530 and the rotation speed of the drum 530.
  • the control unit monitors data sensed by the rotation amount sensing apparatus 600 and determines whether each of the drums 530 is rotated at the same speed.
  • the counting number of the rotation sensing factor 601 may be corrected in the stopped state for the step difference correction.
  • the counting number correction of the rotation sensing factor 601 is performed up to three times, and the elevator 500 is driven.
  • the control unit monitors the descent or elevation of the suction grille 320 by the elevator 500 through the rotation amount sensing device 600.
  • the four wires 511, 512, 521 and 522 are simultaneously released from the respective drums 530 by the operation of the respective drum motors 540.
  • Each wire 511, 512, 521 and 522 passes through a fourth roller 554, a third roller 553, a second roller 552 and a first roller 551.
  • the wires 511, 512, 521, and 522 extending in the horizontal direction in each unit case 590 are diverted toward the ground from the guider 750 positioned in the horizontal direction of each unit case 590 .
  • Each of the wires 511, 512, 521, and 522 can be moved vertically downward of the guider 750 while being supported on the upper side of each guider 750. Through this process, the other ends of the wires 511, 512, 521, and 522 fixed to the wire fixing portion 329 of the suction grille 320 are simultaneously lowered.
  • Each wire fixing portion 329 is positioned below each guider 750 and each wire 511, 512, 521, and 522 extends in the vertical direction.
  • the wire fixing portion 329 is disposed below the guider 750 that supports the wire, shaking is minimized in the process of moving the wires 511, 512, 521, and 522 up and down. Further, since the wires 511, 512, 521, and 522 are supported by the four guiders 750, the load can be evenly dispersed, and the load applied to the rollers of each roller box can be minimized .
  • the wire fixing portion 329 is disposed on the lower side of the guider 750 and the guide fixing portion 329 is provided on the upper side of the guide grille 750 and the guider 750, The wire length between the wire fixing portions 329 is minimized.
  • the guider 750 and the wire fixing portion 329 are arranged in the vertical direction, the length of the wire unwound in the process of descending the suction grille 320 is minimized.
  • the suction grill is lowered, when the wires are arranged diagonally, the wires longer than the vertical direction must be loosened.
  • control unit can raise the suction grill 320 to the home position while the suction grill 320 is lowered.
  • the control unit rotates each drum 530 of the first unit 510 and the second unit 520 clockwise to return the suction grille 320 to the initial position.
  • the control unit keeps the rotation amount and rotation speed of each drum 530 at the same level and raises the suction grille 320 horizontally.
  • the wire fixing portion 329 is moved upward in the vertical direction, and the ends of the wires are also moved from the lower side to the upper side.
  • the first 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 of the first unit 510 and the 2-1 wire 521 and 521 of the second unit 520 are rotated by the rotation of the drum 530,
  • the second-second wire 522 is wound on each of the drums 530 at the same time.
  • the first 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 are connected to the first section 531 and the second section 531 of the drum 530 when the drum 530 of the first unit 510 rotates, 532) while being horizontally aligned.
  • the first wire 511 passes through the guider 750 in the vertical direction and is then turned in the horizontal direction and is guided by the first roller 551, the second roller 552, the third roller 553, 4 roller 554 and then wound on the outer circumferential surface of the drum body 535 of the first section 531. After the 1-1 wire 511 is wound in a line on the outer peripheral surface of the drum body 535, a layer is formed on the 1-1 wire 511 wound in a line and wound.
  • the first wire 561 passes through the guide wire 750 in the vertical direction and then is turned in the horizontal direction.
  • the second-first wire 521 and the second-second wire 522 are wound at the same speed as that of the first unit 510 in the second unit 520 rotated simultaneously with the first unit 510 .
  • One end of the second-first wire 521 and one end of the second-second wire 522 are connected to a drum (not shown) at the time of rotating the drum 530 of the second unit 520, 530, while being aligned with the first zone 531 and the second zone 532 of the second zone 530.
  • the suction grill 320 is connected to the first 1-1 wire 511, the 1-2 wire 512, the 2-1 wire 521, and the 2-2 wire 522, as in the present embodiment, 4 points.
  • the suction grill 320 synchronizes the amount of rotation and the rotation speed of each drum 530 disposed in the first unit 510 and the second unit 520 while the suction grill 320 is supported at four points, Can be raised or lowered simultaneously.
  • the drum motor 540 is disposed in each of the first unit 510 and the second unit 520, but the control unit uniformly transmits the four wires through the rotation amount sensing device 600 Can be controlled.
  • the indoor unit according to the present embodiment provides a structure in which one drum 530 is driven to wind or unwind the first 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 simultaneously, The inclination of the grill 320 can be prevented.
  • Discharge channel 110 Case housing
  • prefilter 500 elevator
  • first wire guider 702 second wire guider
  • fixed block body 740 assembly block body

Abstract

A ceiling-type indoor unit of an air conditioner according to the present invention allows a suction grill to remain in contact with a front body while being supported by wires, thereby allowing the suction grill to descend instantly upon the operation of an elevator, has four wire guiders support the respective wires, thereby distributing the weight of the suction grill, and has the space between a guider body and a block formed to be smaller than the diameter of each wire, thereby preventing the wire from escaping between the guider body and the block.

Description

공기조화기의 천장형 실내기Ceiling type indoor unit of air conditioner
본 발명은 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기에 관한 것으로서, 보다 상세하게는 흡입그릴을 자동으로 하강 또는 상승시킬 수 있는 천장형 실내기에 관한 것이다. The present invention relates to a ceiling-type indoor unit of an air conditioner, and more particularly, to a ceiling-type indoor unit capable of automatically lowering or raising a suction grill.
일반적으로 공기조화기는 압축기, 응축기, 증발기, 팽창기로 구성되고, 공기조화 사이클을 이용하여 건물 또는 방에 냉기 또는 온기를 공급한다. Generally, an air conditioner is composed of a compressor, a condenser, an evaporator, and an inflator, and supplies air or warm air to a building or a room using an air conditioning cycle.
공기조화기는 구조적으로 압축기가 실외에 배치된 분리형과, 압축기가 일체로 제작된 일체형으로 구분된다.The air conditioner is structurally divided into a separable type in which the compressor is disposed outdoors and an integral type in which the compressor is integrally manufactured.
분리형은 실내기에 실내 열교환기를 설치하고, 실외기에 실외 열교환기와 압축기를 설치하여 서로 분리된 두 장치를 냉매 배관으로 연결시킨다. In the separate type, an indoor heat exchanger is installed in an indoor unit, an outdoor heat exchanger and a compressor are installed in an outdoor unit, and two devices separated from each other are connected to each other by a refrigerant pipe.
일체형은 실내 열교환기, 실외 열교환기 및 압축기를 하나의 케이스 안에 설치한 것이다. 일체형 공기조화기로는 창에 장치를 걸어서 직접 설치하는 창문형 공기조화기와, 흡입덕트와 토출덕트를 연결하여 실내 외측에 설치하는 덕트형 공기조화기 등이 있다. In the integrated type, the indoor heat exchanger, the outdoor heat exchanger and the compressor are installed in one case. The integrated type air conditioner includes a window type air conditioner for directly mounting the apparatus on a window, and a duct type air conditioner for connecting the suction duct and the discharge duct to the outside of the room.
상기 분리형 공기조화기는 실내기의 설치 형태에 따라 구분되는 것이 일반적이다. The separate type air conditioner is generally classified according to the installation type of the indoor unit.
실내기가 실내 공간에 수직하게 세워져 설치되는 것을 스탠드형 공기조화기라 하고, 실내기가 실내의 벽에 설치되는 것을 벽걸이형 공기조화기라 하고, 실내기가 실내의 천장에 설치되는 것을 천장형 실내기라 한다. A stand-type air conditioner in which an indoor unit is vertically installed in an indoor space is referred to as a stand-type air conditioner. A wall-mounted type air conditioner in which an indoor unit is installed on a wall of the room is called a ceiling-type indoor unit.
천장형 실내기의 경우, 흡입그릴이 바닥을 향하도록 배치된다. 상기 흡입그릴에는 실내공기의 이물질을 여과하는 필터가 배치되고, 상기 필터는 청소를 위해 분리할 수 있다. 사용자는 필터 청소를 위해 주기적으로 상기 흡입그릴을 케이스에서 분리할 필요가 있다.In the case of a ceiling-mounted indoor unit, the suction grille is arranged to face the bottom. The suction grille is provided with a filter for filtering foreign substances of the room air, and the filter can be separated for cleaning. The user needs to periodically remove the suction grille from the case for filter cleaning.
그러나 천장형 실내기의 경우, 흡입그릴이 실내의 천장에 배치되기 때문에, 사용자는 흡입그릴을 분리하기 위해 의자와 같은 구조물 위로 올라가야 하는 문제점이 있었다. However, in the case of the ceiling type indoor unit, since the suction grille is disposed on the ceiling of the room, the user has to climb over a structure such as a chair to separate the suction grille.
[선행기술문헌][Prior Art Literature]
[특허문헌][Patent Literature]
대한민국 등록특허 10-0679838 B1Korea Patent No. 10-0679838 B1
본 발명은 흡입그릴 전체가 상하방향으로 상승 또는 하강되는 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기를 제공하는데 목적이 있다. An object of the present invention is to provide a ceiling-type indoor unit of an air conditioner in which the entire suction grille rises or falls in the vertical direction.
본 발명은 2개의 모터를 사용하여 4개의 와이어를 동시에 풀거나 감을 수 있는 구조의 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기를 제공하는데 목적이 있다. An object of the present invention is to provide a ceiling-type indoor unit of an air conditioner having a structure in which four wires can be simultaneously unwound or wound by using two motors.
본 발명은 흡입그릴의 상승 또는 하강 시 추락을 방지할 수 있는 천장형 실내기를 제공하는데 목적이 있다. It is an object of the present invention to provide a ceiling-type indoor unit capable of preventing fall of the suction grille when the suction grille rises or falls.
본 발명은 흡입그릴의 상승 또는 하강 시 흔들림을 최소화할 수 있는 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기를 제공하는데 목적이 있다. An object of the present invention is to provide a ceiling-type indoor unit of an air conditioner capable of minimizing shaking when the suction grille rises or falls.
본 발명은 흡입그릴의 상승 또는 하강 시, 필터에 부착된 이물질이 분리되는 것을 최소화할 수 있는 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기를 제공하는데 목적이 있다. An object of the present invention is to provide a ceiling-type indoor unit of an air conditioner capable of minimizing separation of foreign matter adhered to a filter when the suction grille rises or falls.
본 발명의 과제들은 이상에서 언급한 과제들로 제한되지 않으며, 언급되지 않은 또 다른 과제들은 아래의 기재로부터 당업자에게 명확하게 이해될 수 있을 것이다.The problems of the present invention are not limited to the above-mentioned problems, and other problems not mentioned can be clearly understood by those skilled in the art from the following description.
본 발명은 가이더바디 및 블럭 사이의 간격이 와이어의 직경보다 작게 형성되기 때문에, 와이어가 가이더바디 및 블럭 사이로 이탈되는 것을 방지한다. The present invention prevents the wire from being separated between the guider body and the block because the gap between the guider body and the block is formed smaller than the diameter of the wire.
본 발명은 엘리베이터가 흡입그릴에 연결된 복수개의 와이어를 풀거나 감아서 흡입그릴 전체를 상하방향으로 상승 또는 하강시킬 수 있다. The present invention can elevate or lower the entire suction grille vertically by releasing or winding a plurality of wires connected to the suction grille by the elevator.
본 발명은 4개의 와이어가 흡입그릴의 모서리 부근 4곳을 지지하기 때문에, 흡입그릴의 상승 또는 하강과정에서의 흔들림을 최소화할 수 있다. Since the four wires support four portions in the vicinity of the corners of the suction grille, the swing of the suction grille in the ascending or descending process can be minimized.
본 발명은 1개의 모터가 흡입그릴의 한쪽에 배치된 한 쌍의 와이어를 제어하기 때문에, 흡입그릴의 한쪽에 대한 높낮이 편차를 최소화할 수 있다. Since one motor controls a pair of wires disposed on one side of the suction grille, the present invention minimizes a variation in elevation of one side of the suction grille.
본 발명은 4개의 와이어가 케이스에 배치된 각각의 가이더에 지지되기 때문에, 흡입그릴의 상승 또는 하강과정에서의 흔들림을 최소화할 수 있다. Since the four wires are supported by the respective guiders disposed in the case, it is possible to minimize the fluctuation in the ascending or descending process of the suction grille.
본 발명은 4개의 와이어가 흡입그릴의 모서리 부근 4곳을 지지하기 때문에, 어느 하나의 와이어가 손상되어도 나머지 3개가 흡입그릴을 지지할 수 있고, 이를 통해 흡입그릴의 추락을 방지할 수 있다. In the present invention, since four wires support four portions in the vicinity of the corners of the suction grille, even if any one wire is damaged, the remaining three can support the suction grille, thereby preventing the suction grille from falling down.
본 발명은 4개의 와이어가 케이스에 배치된 각각의 가이더에 지지되기 때문에, 흡입그릴의 흔들림을 억제하고, 흡입그릴의 하강과정에서 필터에 부착된 이물질이 분리되는 것을 최소화한다. The present invention suppresses the swinging of the suction grille and minimizes the separation of the foreign matter adhered to the filter in the descent of the suction grille because the four wires are supported by the respective guiders disposed in the case.
본 발명은 실내의 천장에 매달려 설치되고, 하측을 향해 흡입구 및 토출구가 형성된 케이스; 상기 케이스와 분리되어 배치되고, 상기 케이스의 흡입구를 커버하는 흡입그릴; 상기 케이스 내부에 배치되고, 상기 흡입그릴과 제 1-1 와이어 및 제 1-2 와이어를 통해 결합되고, 제 1-1 와이어 및 제 1-2 와이어를 동시에 감거나 풀어서 상기 흡입그릴의 일측을 상승 또는 하강시키는 제 1 유닛; 상기 케이스에 배치되고, 상기 흡입그릴 및 제 1 유닛을 연결하는 상기 제 1-1 와이어를 지지하고, 상기 흡입그릴의 상측에 위치되는 제 1 와이어가이더; 상기 케이스에 배치되고, 상기 흡입그릴 및 제 1 유닛을 연결하는 상기 제 1-2 와이어를 지지하고, 상기 흡입그릴의 상측에 위치되는 제 2 와이어가이더;를 포함하고, 상기 제 1 와이어가이더 및 제 2 와이어가이더 각각은, 상기 케이스의 내측 가장자리에 배치되는 블럭; 상기 블럭에 조립되고, 상기 블럭에 대해 회전가능하고, 상기 각 와이어를 지지하는 가이더;를 포함하고, The present invention relates to a case which is suspended from a ceiling of a room and has a suction port and a discharge port formed toward a lower side thereof; A suction grille disposed apart from the case and covering a suction port of the case; A suction grill coupled to the suction grill through the 1-1 wire and the 1-2 wire and wound or unwound simultaneously with the 1-1 wire and the 1-2 wire to raise one side of the suction grill A first unit for lowering or lowering the first unit; A first wire guider disposed in the case and supporting the first wire connecting the suction grill and the first unit, the first wire guider positioned above the suction grill; And a second wire guider disposed in the case and supporting the first wire connecting the suction grill and the first unit and positioned above the suction grill, Each of the two wire guiders comprising: a block disposed at an inner edge of the case; And a guider assembled in the block, rotatable with respect to the block, and supporting the wires,
상기 가이더는, 수평방향으로 회전중심이 형성된 가이더바디; 상기 가이더바디의 외측면에 배치되고, 상기 회전중심을 향해 오목하게 형성되고, 상기 와이어가 삽입되어 지지되는 와이어홈; 및 상기 가이더바디의 회전중심을 관통하고, 상기 블럭에 회전가능하게 조립되는 가이더축;을 포함하고, 상기 가이더바디 및 블럭 사이의 간격은 상기 와이어의 직경보다 작은 것을 특징으로 한다. The guider includes: a guider body having a rotational center in a horizontal direction; A wire groove disposed on an outer surface of the guider body and recessed toward the rotation center, the wire groove being inserted and supported; And a guider shaft passing through the center of rotation of the guider body and rotatably assembled to the block, wherein the gap between the guider body and the block is smaller than the diameter of the wire.
상기 블록은, 상기 흡입구가 형성되는 상기 케이스의 내측 가장자리에 배치되고, 상기 제 1 유닛 또는 제 2 유닛을 향해 돌출된 고정블럭; 상기 고정블럭에 조립되는 조립블럭;을 포함하고, 상기 가이더축은 상기 조립블럭에 회전가능하게 조립될 수 있다. The block includes a fixing block disposed at an inner edge of the case in which the suction port is formed and protruding toward the first unit or the second unit; And an assembling block assembled to the fixed block, wherein the guider shaft can be rotatably assembled to the assembling block.
상기 가이더축은 상기 가이더바디와 분리가능하고, 상기 가이더바디의 회전중심을 관통하여 설치될 수 있다. The guider shaft may be detachable from the guider body and may be installed to pass through a rotation center of the guider body.
상기 조립블럭은, 상기 고정블럭과 조립되고, 상기 고정블럭에 고정되는 조립블럭바디; 상기 조립블럭바디의 외부에 배치되고, 상기 가이더가 회전가능하게 삽입되는 가이더설치공간;을 포함하고, 상기 가이더설치공간은 상하방향으로 형성되고, 상기 가이더축은 상기 가이더설치공간과 교차될 수 있다. The assembly block includes: an assembly block body assembled with the stationary block and fixed to the stationary block; And a guider installation space disposed outside the assembly block body and into which the guider is rotatably inserted. The guider installation space may be formed in a vertical direction, and the guider shaft may intersect the guider installation space.
상기 가이더축은 상기 가이더설치공간의 높이 내에 위치될 수 있다. The guider shaft may be positioned within the height of the guider installation space.
상기 가이더설치공간은, 상기 조립블럭바디에 형성되고, 상기 가이더의 회전방향으로 형성되고, 상기 가이더의 일측면과 대향되는 제 1 가이더설치벽; 상기 조립블럭바디에 형성되고, 상기 가이더의 회전방향으로 형성되고, 상기 가이더의 타측면과 대향되는 제 3 가이더설치벽; 및 상기 조립블럭바디에 형성되고, 상기 가이더축 방향으로 형성되고, 상기 제 1 가이더설치벽 및 제 3 가이더설치벽을 연결하는 제 2 가이더설치벽;을 포함하고, 상기 제 2 가이더설치벽 및 가이더바디 사이의 간격은 상기 와이어의 직경보다 작게 형성될 수 있다. Wherein the guider installation space is formed in the assembly block body and is formed in a rotating direction of the guider and is opposed to one side surface of the guider; A third guider mounting wall formed on the assembly block body, the third guider mounting wall being formed in a rotating direction of the guider and opposed to the other side surface of the guider; And a second guider mounting wall formed on the assembly block body, the second guider mounting wall being formed in the guider axial direction and connecting the first guider mounting wall and the third guider mounting wall, The distance between the bodies may be smaller than the diameter of the wire.
상기 가이더축보다 상측에 위치되고, 상기 제 2 가이더설치벽에서 상기 가이더바디의 외측면으로 돌출되는 분리방지돌출부;를 포함하고, 상기 분리방지돌출부 및 가이더바디 사이의 간격은 상기 와이어의 직경보다 작게 형성될 수 있다. And a detachment protrusion located above the guider shaft and protruding from the second guider mounting wall to an outer surface of the guider body, wherein a gap between the detachment protrusion and the guider body is smaller than a diameter of the wire .
상기 분리방지돌출부는 상기 가이더의 상하 방향 이동 시, 상기 가이더바디의 외측면과 상호 걸림을 형성할 수 있다. The separation preventing protrusion may form an interlock with the outer surface of the guider body when the guider moves up and down.
상기 분리방지돌출부는 호형상으로 형성되고, 상기 가이더바디의 외측면을 감싸게 형성될 수 있다. The detachment protrusion may be formed in an arc shape and may be formed to surround the outer surface of the guider body.
상기 조립블럭바디의 외부에 형성되고, 상기 가이더축이 회전가능하게 삽입되는 가이더축홈;을 더 포함하고, And a guider shaft groove formed outside the assembly block body and into which the guider shaft is rotatably inserted,
상기 가이더축홈은 상기 조립블럭바디의 상측면에서 하측 방향으로 오목하게 형성되고, 상기 가이더설치공간과 교차될 수 있다. The guider axial groove may be concave in a downward direction from an upper side of the assembly block body, and intersect with the guider installation space.
상기 가이더축홈은, 상기 조립블럭바디에 형성되고, 상기 가이더축의 길이방향으로 형성되는 제 1 축벽; 상기 조립블럭바디에 형성되고, 상기 가이더축의 길이방향으로 형성되고, 상기 제 1 축벽과 대향되는 제 3 축벽; 상기 조립블럭바디에 형성되고, 상기 가이더축의 길이방향과 교차되고, 상기 제 1 축벽 및 제 3 축벽을 연결하는 제 2 축벽; 상기 제 1 축벽 또는 제 3 축벽 중 적어도 어느 하나에 배치되고, 상기 제 3 축벽 또는 제 1 축벽 측으로 돌출되고, 상기 가이더축의 상측과 상호 걸림을 형성하는 분리방지돌출부;를 포함할 수 있다. A first axial wall formed in the assembly block body and formed in the longitudinal direction of the guider shaft; A third axial wall formed in the assembly block body and formed in the longitudinal direction of the guider shaft, the third axial wall facing the first axial wall; A second axial wall formed on the assembly block body, intersecting with the longitudinal direction of the guider shaft, and connecting the first axial wall and the third axial wall; And a separation preventing protrusion disposed on at least one of the first axial wall and the third axial wall and protruding toward the third axial wall or the first axial wall side to form an interlock with the upper side of the guider shaft.
상기 제 1 와이어가이더의 가이더축과 상기 제 2 와이어가이더의 가이더축이 일렬로 배치될 수 있다. The guider axis of the first wire guider and the guider axis of the second wire guider may be arranged in a line.
상기 케이스 내부에 배치되고, 상기 흡입그릴과 제 2-1 와이어 및 제 2-2 와이어를 통해 결합되고, 제 2-1 와이어 및 제 2-2 와이어를 동시에 감거나 풀어서 상기 흡입그릴의 타측을 상승 또는 하강시키는 제 2 유닛; 상기 케이스에 배치되고, 상기 흡입그릴 및 제 2 유닛을 연결하는 상기 제 2-1 와이어를 지지하고, 상기 흡입그릴의 상측에 위치되는 제 3 와이어가이더; 상기 케이스에 배치되고, 상기 흡입그릴 및 제 2 유닛을 연결하는 상기 제 2-2 와이어를 지지하고, 상기 흡입그릴의 상측에 위치되는 제 4 와이어가이더;를 포함할 수 있다. A second grill disposed on the inside of the case, coupled with the suction grill through the second-1 wire and the second grill-2 wire, and wound and unwound simultaneously with the second-first wire and the second- A second unit for lowering or lowering the first unit; A third wire guider disposed in the case and supporting the second-1 wire connecting the suction grill and the second unit, the third wire guider positioned above the suction grill; And a fourth wire guider disposed in the case and supporting the second -2 wire connecting the suction grill and the second unit and positioned above the suction grill.
바텀뷰로 볼 때, 상기 제 1-1 와이어 및 제 1-2 와이어는 일렬로 배치되고, 상기 제 2-1 와이어 및 제 2-2 와이어는 일렬로 배치되며, 바텀뷰로 볼 때, 상기 제 1-1 와이어 및 제 1-2 와이어는 일렬로 배치방향과 상기 제 2-1 와이어 및 제 2-2 와이어의 배치방향이 평행할 수 있다. The first 1-1 wire and the 1-2 wire are arranged in a line, and the 2-1 wire and the 2-2 wire are arranged in a line, and when viewed in the bottom view, The first wire and the first wire may be aligned in a line and the arrangement direction of the second wire and the second wire may be parallel.
상기 제 1 와이어가이더 및 제 2 와이어가이더는 상기 제 1 유닛의 높이 내에 위치되고, 상기 제 3 와이어가이더 및 제 4 와이어가이더는 상기 제 2 유닛의 높이 내에 위치될 수 있다. The first wire guider and the second wire guider are positioned within the height of the first unit and the third wire guider and the fourth wire guider can be positioned within the height of the second unit.
상기 흡입그릴은, 상기 제 1-1 와이어가 고정되는 제 1 와이어고정부; 상기 제 1-2 와이어가 고정되는 제 2 와이어고정부; 상기 제 2-1 와이어가 고정되는 제 3 와이어고정부; 상기 제 2-2 와이어가 고정되는 제 4 와이어고정부;를 더 포함하고, 상기 제 1 와이어고정부는 상기 제 1 와이어가이더의 하측에 위치되고, 상기 제 2 와이어고정부는 상기 제 2 와이어가이더의 하측에 위치되고, 상기 제 3 와이어고정부는 상기 제 3 와이어가이더의 하측에 위치되고, 상기 제 4 와이어고정부는 상기 제 4 와이어가이더의 하측에 위치될 수 있다. Wherein the suction grille includes: a first wire fixing part to which the 1-1 wire is fixed; A second wire fixing part to which the 1-2 wire is fixed; A third wire fixing portion to which the second-1 wire is fixed; Wherein the first wire fixing portion is located on the lower side of the first wire guider and the second wire fixing portion is located on the lower side of the second wire guider The third wire fixing part may be positioned below the third wire guide, and the fourth wire fixing part may be positioned below the fourth wire guide.
상기 제 1 와이어가이더 및 제 2 와이어가이더는 상기 제 1 유닛의 길이방향에 위치되고, 상기 제 1 유닛과 이격되어 배치되며, 상기 제 3 와이어가이더 및 제 4 와이어가이더는 상기 제 2 유닛의 길이방향에 위치되고, 상기 제 2 유닛과 이격되어 배치될 수 있다. Wherein the first wire guider and the second wire guider are located in the longitudinal direction of the first unit and are disposed apart from the first unit, and the third wire guider and the fourth wire guider are disposed in the longitudinal direction of the second unit And may be disposed apart from the second unit.
상기 제 1 와이어가이더, 제 2 와이어가이더, 제 3 와이어가이더 및 제 4 와이어가이더는 상기 케이스의 저면에 대해 같은 높이에 배치될 수 있다. The first wire guider, the second wire guider, the third wire guider, and the fourth wire guider may be disposed at the same height with respect to the bottom surface of the case.
바텀뷰로 볼 때, 상기 케이스의 저면은 사각형 형상으로 형성되고, 상기 저면은 4개의 모서리를 형성하고, 상기 제 1 와이어가이더는 일측에 배치된 2개의 모서리 중 하나에 배치되고, 제 2 와이어가이더는 일측에 배치된 2개의 모서리 중 나머지 하나에 배치되고, 상기 제 3 와이어가이더는 타측에 배치된 2개의 모서리 중 하나에 배치되고, 제 4 와이어가이더는 타측에 배치된 2개의 모서리 중 나머지 하나에 배치될 수 있다. The bottom surface of the case is formed in a rectangular shape and the bottom surface forms four corners, the first wire guider is disposed at one of two corners disposed on one side, and the second wire guider The third wire guider is disposed on one of the two corners disposed on the other side and the fourth wire guider is disposed on the other one of the two corners disposed on the other side .
상기 케이스는, 실내의 천장에 매달려 설치되고, 저면이 개구되어 형성된 케이스하우징; 상기 케이스하우징의 저면을 커버하고, 상기 흡입구 및 토출구가 형성된 프론트바디;를 더 포함하고, 상기 제 1 유닛 및 제 2 유닛은 상기 케이스하우징 내부에 배치되고, 상기 제 1 와이어가이더, 제 2 와이어가이더, 제 3 와이어가이더 및 제 4 와이어가이더는 상기 프론트바디에 배치되고, 상기 흡입그릴은 상기 프론트바디 보다 하측에 배치될 수 있다. The case includes a case housing suspended from a ceiling of a room and having a bottom opened; And a front body covering the bottom surface of the case housing and having the suction port and the discharge port formed therein, wherein the first unit and the second unit are disposed inside the case housing, and the first wire guider, The third wire guider, and the fourth wire guider are disposed on the front body, and the suction grill may be disposed on the lower side of the front body.
본 발명에 따른 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기는 다음과 같은 효과가 하나 혹은 그 이상 있다.The ceiling-type indoor unit of the air conditioner according to the present invention has one or more of the following effects.
첫째, 본 발명은 엘리베이터가 흡입그릴에 결합된 4개의 와이어를 동시에 감거나 풀어서 상기 흡입그릴을 자동으로 상승 또는 하강시킬 수 있는 장점이 있다. First, the present invention is advantageous in that the elevator can automatically wind up or lower the suction grille by winding or unwinding four wires connected to the suction grille at the same time.
둘째, 본 발명은 4개의 와이어를 통해 흡입그릴을 4점 지지하기 때문에, 상기 흡입그릴을 안정적으로 상승 또는 하강시킬 수 있는 장점이 있다. Second, since the suction grille is supported at four points through four wires, the suction grill can be stably lifted or lowered.
셋째, 본 발명은 흡입그릴이 4개의 와이어에 지지된 상태에서 프론트바디에 밀착된 상태를 유지하기 때문에, 엘리베이터의 작동 즉시 흡입그릴이 하강되는 장점이 있다. Third, since the suction grille is held in contact with the front body in a state in which the suction grille is supported by the four wires, the suction grill is lowered immediately after the operation of the elevator.
넷째, 본 발명은 4개의 와이어가이더가 각 와이어를 지지하기 때문에, 흡입그릴의 하중을 분산시킬 수 있고, 엘리베이터에 가해지는 하중을 최소화할 수 있다.Fourth, since the four wire guiders support each wire, the load of the suction grille can be dispersed and the load applied to the elevator can be minimized.
다섯째, 본 발명은 각 와이어가 와이어가이더의 와이어홈에 삽입된 상태를 유지하기 때문에, 와이어가 가이더에서 이탈되는 것을 방지할 수 있다. Fifth, since the present invention keeps each wire inserted into the wire groove of the wire guider, the wire can be prevented from being detached from the guider.
여섯째, 본 발명은 가이더바디 및 블럭 사이의 간격이 와이어의 직경보다 작게 형성되기 때문에, 와이어가 가이더바디 및 블럭 사이로 이탈되는 것을 방지할 수 있다. Sixth, since the gap between the guider body and the block is formed to be smaller than the diameter of the wire, the wire can be prevented from being separated from between the guider body and the block.
일곱째, 본 발명은 각 와이어가이더가 와이어고정부의 상측에 위치되기 때문에, 각 와이어를 감거나 푸는 과정에서 흡입그릴의 흔들림을 최소화할 수 있다. Seventh, since each wire guider is located on the upper side of the wire fixing portion, the swing of the suction grille can be minimized in the process of winding and unwinding each wire.
여덟째, 본 발명은 와이어에 가해진 하중에 의해 가이더가 조립블럭에 가압되기 때문에, 와이어의 이동에 의해 가이더가 회전되더라도 조립블럭에서 분리되는 것을 방지할 수 있다. Eighth, since the guider is pressed against the assembly block by the load applied to the wire, it is possible to prevent the guider from being separated from the assembly block even if the guider is rotated by the movement of the wire.
아홉째, 본 발명은 조립블럭에 형성된 분리방지돌출부가 가이더의 외측면을 감싸도록 형성되기 때문에, 와이어가 가이더바디 및 조립블럭 사이로 이탈되는 것을 방지할 수 있다. In the ninth aspect of the present invention, since the detachment protrusion formed on the assembly block is formed to surround the outer surface of the guider, it is possible to prevent the wire from being separated between the guider body and the assembly block.
열번째, 본 발명은 조립블럭에 형성된 분리방지돌출부가 가이더축보다 높게 배치되고, 가이더바디 측으로 돌출되기 때문에, 상기 가이더가 가이더설치공간에서 이탈되는 것을 방지한다. In the tenth aspect of the present invention, the detachment preventing protrusion formed on the assembling block is disposed higher than the guider shaft and protrudes toward the guider body, thereby preventing the guider from being detached from the guider mounting space.
도 1은 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 공기조화기 실내기가 도시된 사시도이다. 1 is a perspective view illustrating an indoor unit of an air conditioner according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 2는 도 1의 작동예시도이다. Fig. 2 is an operational example of Fig. 1. Fig.
도 3은 도 1의 단면도이다. 3 is a cross-sectional view of Fig.
도 4는 도 1의 프론트패널이 도시된 분해사시도이다.4 is an exploded perspective view showing the front panel of FIG.
도 5는 도 1의 프론트패널 및 엘리베이터의 배치가 도시된 평면도이다. Fig. 5 is a plan view showing the arrangement of the front panel and the elevator of Fig. 1;
도 6은 도 1에 도시된 프론트패널의 저면도이다. 6 is a bottom view of the front panel shown in Fig.
도 7은 도 2의 엘리베이터가 도시된 하부 사시도이다. Figure 7 is a bottom perspective view of the elevator of Figure 2;
도 8은 도 2의 프론트패널 및 엘리베이터가 도시된 저면도이다. Figure 8 is a bottom view of the front panel and elevator of Figure 2;
도 9는 도 2의 엘리베이터 내부구조가 도시된 사시도이다. FIG. 9 is a perspective view showing the internal structure of the elevator of FIG. 2;
도 10은 도 9의 평면도이다. 10 is a plan view of Fig.
도 11은 본 발명의 제 1 실시예에 따른 엘리베이터의 작동예시도이다. FIG. 11 is an operational example of an elevator according to the first embodiment of the present invention. FIG.
도 12는 본 발명의 제 1 실시예에 따른 와이어의 설치구조가 도시된 예시도이다. 12 is an exemplary view showing a wire installation structure according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
도 13은 도 1에 도시된 프론트패널의 저면도이다. 13 is a bottom view of the front panel shown in Fig.
도 14는 도 4에 도시된 흡입그릴의 평면도이다. 14 is a plan view of the suction grill shown in Fig.
도 15는 도 13에 도시된 와이어가이더의 분해사시도이다. 15 is an exploded perspective view of the wire guider shown in Fig.
도 16은 도 15에 도시된 와이어가이더의 다른 방향 분해사시도이다. 16 is an exploded perspective view of the wire guider shown in Fig. 15 in another direction.
도 17은 도 13에 도시된 와이어가이더의 평면도이다. 17 is a plan view of the wire guider shown in Fig.
도 18은 도 17에 도시된 와이어가이더의 측면 단면도이다. 18 is a side sectional view of the wire guider shown in Fig.
도 19는 도 17에 도시된 가이더축의 조립구조가 도시된 사시도이다. 19 is a perspective view showing the assembly structure of the guider shaft shown in Fig.
본 발명의 이점 및 특징, 그리고 그것들을 달성하는 방법은 첨부되는 도면과 함께 상세하게 후술되어 있는 실시예들을 참조하면 명확해질 것이다. 그러나 본 발명은 이하에서 개시되는 실시예들에 한정되는 것이 아니라 서로 다른 다양한 형태로 구현될 수 있으며, 단지 본 실시예들은 본 발명의 개시가 완전하도록 하고, 본 발명이 속하는 기술분야에서 통상의 지식을 가진 자에게 발명의 범주를 완전하게 알려주기 위해 제공되는 것이며, 본 발명은 청구항의 범주에 의해 정의될 뿐이다. 명세서 전체에 걸쳐 동일 참조 부호는 동일 구성 요소를 지칭한다.BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS The advantages and features of the present invention and the manner of achieving them will become apparent with reference to the embodiments described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. The present invention may, however, be embodied in many different forms and should not be construed as limited to the embodiments set forth herein. Rather, these embodiments are provided so that this disclosure will be thorough and complete, and will fully convey the scope of the invention to those skilled in the art. To fully disclose the scope of the invention to those skilled in the art, and the invention is only defined by the scope of the claims. Like reference numerals refer to like elements throughout the specification.
이하 첨부된 도면을 참조하여 본 발명에 대해 구체적으로 살펴보기로 한다. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings.
도 1은 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 공기조화기 실내기가 도시된 사시도이다. 도 2는 도 1의 작동예시도이다. 도 3은 도 1의 단면도이다. 도 4는 도 1의 프론트패널이 도시된 분해사시도이다. 도 5는 도 1의 프론트패널 및 엘리베이터의 배치가 도시된 평면도이다. 도 6은 도 1에 도시된 프론트바디의 저면도이다. 도 7은 도 2의 엘리베이터가 도시된 하부 사시도이다. 도 8은 도 2의 프론트패널 및 엘리베이터가 도시된 저면도이다. 도 9는 도 2의 엘리베이터 내부구조가 도시된 사시도이다. 도 10은 도 9의 평면도이다. 도 11은 본 발명의 제 1 실시예에 따른 엘리베이터의 작동예시도이다. 도 12는 도 5에 도시된 롤러의 분해 사시도이다. 도 13은 도 2에 도시된 와이어의 배치가 도시된 예시도이다. 도 14는 도 4에 도시된 흡입그릴의 평면도이다. 도 15는 도 13에 도시된 와이어가이더의 분해사시도이다. 도 16은 도 15에 도시된 와이어가이더의 다른 방향 분해사시도이다. 도 17은 도 13에 도시된 와이어가이더의 평면도이다. 도 18은 도 17에 도시된 와이어가이더의 측면 단면도이다. 도 19는 도 17에 도시된 가이더축의 조립구조가 도시된 사시도이다. 1 is a perspective view illustrating an indoor unit of an air conditioner according to an embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 2 is an operational example of Fig. 1. Fig. 3 is a cross-sectional view of Fig. 4 is an exploded perspective view showing the front panel of FIG. Fig. 5 is a plan view showing the arrangement of the front panel and the elevator of Fig. 1; 6 is a bottom view of the front body shown in Fig. Figure 7 is a bottom perspective view of the elevator of Figure 2; Figure 8 is a bottom view of the front panel and elevator of Figure 2; FIG. 9 is a perspective view showing the internal structure of the elevator of FIG. 2; 10 is a plan view of Fig. FIG. 11 is an operational example of an elevator according to the first embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 12 is an exploded perspective view of the roller shown in Fig. Fig. 13 is an exemplary diagram showing the arrangement of the wires shown in Fig. 2. Fig. 14 is a plan view of the suction grill shown in Fig. 15 is an exploded perspective view of the wire guider shown in Fig. 16 is an exploded perspective view of the wire guider shown in Fig. 15 in another direction. 17 is a plan view of the wire guider shown in Fig. 18 is a side sectional view of the wire guider shown in Fig. 19 is a perspective view showing the assembly structure of the guider shaft shown in Fig.
<실내기의 구성><Configuration of indoor unit>
본 실시예에 따른 공기조화기의 실내기는 흡입구(101) 및 토출구(102)가 형성된 케이스(100)와, 상기 케이스(100) 내부에 배치되는 실내열교환기(130)와, 상기 케이스(100) 내부에 배치되고, 상기 흡입구(101) 및 토출구(102)로 공기를 유동시키는 실내송풍팬(140)을 포함한다. The indoor unit of the air conditioner according to the present embodiment includes a case 100 having a suction port 101 and a discharge port 102, an indoor heat exchanger 130 disposed inside the case 100, And an indoor air blowing fan 140 for flowing air to the air inlet 101 and the air outlet 102.
상기 케이스(100)는 실내의 바닥을 향하게 배치된 흡입그릴(320)을 더 포함하고, 상기 케이스(100) 내부에는 상기 흡입그릴(320)은 수직방향으로 상승 또는 하강시키는 엘리베이터(500)가 배치된다.The case 100 further includes a suction grill 320 disposed toward the floor of the room and an elevator 500 for vertically raising or lowering the suction grill 320 is disposed inside the case 100 do.
사용자의 조작신호를 입력받을 경우, 상기 엘리베이터(500)가 작동되고, 상기 엘리베이터(500)의 작동에 의해 4개의 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)가 동시에 풀리거나 감기고, 상기 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)에 결합된 흡입그릴(320)이 수직방향으로 이동될 수 있다. When the operation signal of the user is inputted, the elevator 500 is operated and the four wires 511, 512, 521 and 522 are simultaneously released or wound by the operation of the elevator 500, The suction grill 320 coupled to the suction ports 511, 512, 521, and 522 can be moved in the vertical direction.
상기 흡입그릴(320)의 승강 및 하강을 위한 구조에 대해 보다 상세하게 후술하겠다. The structure for raising and lowering the suction grille 320 will be described later in more detail.
<케이스의 구성><Configuration of Case>
본 실시예에서 상기 케이스(100)는 케이스하우징(110)과, 프론트패널(300)을 포함한다. 상기 케이스하우징(100)은 행거(미도시)를 통해 실내의 천장에 매달려 설치되고, 하측이 개구되어 형성된다. 상기 프론트패널(300)은 상기 케이스하우징(110)의 개구된 면을 커버하고, 실내의 바닥을 향해 배치되고, 실내에 노출되며, 상기 흡입구(101) 및 토출구(102)가 형성된다. In the present embodiment, the case 100 includes a case housing 110 and a front panel 300. The case housing 100 is hung from the ceiling of the room through a hanger (not shown), and the lower side is opened. The front panel 300 covers the opened face of the case housing 110 and is disposed toward the floor of the room and is exposed to the room and the inlet port 101 and the outlet port 102 are formed.
상기 케이스(100)는 제작 형태에 따라 다양하게 구현될 수 있고, 상기 케이스(100)의 구성이 본 발명의 사상을 제한하지 않는다. The case 100 may be variously formed in accordance with the production mode, and the configuration of the case 100 does not limit the idea of the present invention.
상기 흡입구(101)가 프론트패널(300)의 중앙에 배치되고, 상기 토출구(102)는 상기 흡입구(101)의 바깥쪽에 배치된다. 상기 흡입구(101)의 개수 또는 토출구(102)의 개수는 본 발명의 사상과 무관하다. 본 실시예에서 상기 흡입구(101)는 1개가 형성되고, 상기 토출구(102)는 복수개가 배치된다. The suction port 101 is disposed at the center of the front panel 300 and the discharge port 102 is disposed outside the suction port 101. The number of the suction ports 101 or the number of the discharge ports 102 is irrelevant to the idea of the present invention. In this embodiment, one suction port 101 is formed, and a plurality of the discharge ports 102 are arranged.
본 실시예에서 상기 흡입구(101)는 저면에서 보았을 때 사각형 형상으로 형성되고, 상기 토출구(102)는 상기 흡입구(101)의 각 가장자리와 소정간격 이격되어 4개가 배치된다. In this embodiment, the suction port 101 is formed in a rectangular shape when viewed from the bottom, and the discharge port 102 is spaced apart from the edges of the suction port 101 by a predetermined distance.
<실내열교환기의 구성><Configuration of Indoor Heat Exchanger>
상기 실내열교환기(130)는 상기 흡입구(101) 및 토출구(102) 사이에 배치되고, 상기 실내열교환기(130)는 상기 케이스(100) 내부를 내측 및 외측으로 구획한다. 상기 실내열교환기(130)는 본 실시예에서 수직하게 배치된다.The indoor heat exchanger 130 is disposed between the suction port 101 and the discharge port 102 and the indoor heat exchanger 130 divides the inside of the case 100 into the inside and outside. The indoor heat exchanger 130 is disposed vertically in this embodiment.
상기 실내열교환기(130)의 내측에 실내송풍팬(140)이 위치된다. An indoor ventilation fan (140) is located inside the indoor heat exchanger (130).
상기 실내열교환기는 탑뷰 또는 바텀뷰로 볼 때, 전체적인 형상이 "□"로 형성되고, 일부구간은 분리될 수 있다. When viewed in a top view or a bottom view, the overall shape of the indoor heat exchanger is formed as "", and some sections can be separated.
상기 실내열교환기(130)는 상기 실내송풍팬(140)에서 토출된 공기가 수직하게 진입하도록 배치된다. The indoor heat exchanger 130 is arranged to vertically enter the air discharged from the indoor air blowing fan 140.
상기 케이스(100) 내부에 드레인팬(132)이 설치되고, 상기 실내열교환기(130)는 드레인팬(132)에 거치된다. 상기 실내열교환기(130)에서 생성된 응축수는 상기 드레인팬(132)으로 유동된 후 저장될 수 있다. 상기 드레인팬(132)에는 모인 응축수를 외부로 배출시키는 드레인펌프(미도시)가 배치된다. A drain pan 132 is installed inside the case 100 and the indoor heat exchanger 130 is mounted on the drain pan 132. The condensed water generated in the indoor heat exchanger 130 may flow into the drain pan 132 and then be stored. The drain pan 132 is provided with a drain pump (not shown) for discharging the collected condensed water to the outside.
상기 드레인팬(132)은 실내열교환기(130)에서 흘러내린 응축수를 한쪽으로 모아 저장하기 위해 방향성을 갖는 경사면이 형성될 수 있다. The drain pan 132 may be formed with a sloping surface having a directionality for collecting and storing the condensed water flowing down from the indoor heat exchanger 130 to one side.
<실내송풍팬의 구성><Configuration of Indoor Fan>
상기 실내송풍팬(140)은 상기 케이스(100) 내부에 위치되고, 상기 흡입구(101) 상측에 배치된다. 상기 실내송풍팬(140)은 중앙으로 공기를 흡입하고 원주방향으로 공기를 토출하는 원심송풍기가 사용된다. The indoor ventilation fan 140 is located inside the case 100 and is disposed above the suction port 101. The indoor air blowing fan 140 uses a centrifugal air blower that sucks air into the center and discharges air in the circumferential direction.
상기 실내송풍팬(140)은 벨마우스(142), 팬(144) 및 팬모터(146)를 포함한다. The indoor ventilation fan 140 includes a bell mouth 142, a fan 144, and a fan motor 146.
상기 벨마우스(142)는 흡입그릴(320) 상측에 배치되고, 팬(144)의 하측에 위치된다. 상기 벨마우스(142)는 상기 흡입그릴(320)를 통과한 공기를 상기 팬(144)으로 안내한다. The bell mouth 142 is disposed above the suction grille 320 and is positioned below the fan 144. [ The bell mouth 142 guides the air that has passed through the suction grill 320 to the fan 144.
상기 팬모터(146)는 상기 팬(144)을 회전시킨다. 상기 팬모터(146)는 케이스하우징(110)에 고정된다. 상기 팬모터(146)는 상기 팬(144)의 상측에 배치된다. 상기 팬모터(146)의 적어도 일부분은 상기 팬(144)보다 높게 위치된다. The fan motor 146 rotates the fan 144. The fan motor 146 is fixed to the case housing 110. The fan motor 146 is disposed above the fan 144. At least a portion of the fan motor 146 is positioned higher than the fan 144.
상기 팬모터(146)의 모터축은 하측을 향해 배치되고, 상기 모터축에 상기 팬(144)이 결합된다. The motor shaft of the fan motor 146 is disposed downward, and the fan 144 is coupled to the motor shaft.
상기 팬(144)의 가장자리 외측에 실내열교환기(130)가 위치된다. 상기 팬(144)과 실내열교환기(130)의 적어도 일부분은 동일 수평선상에 배치된다. 그리고 상기 벨마우스(142)의 적어도 일부분은 상기 팬(144)의 내측으로 삽입된다. 상하방향에 대해 상기 벨마우스(142)의 적어도 일부분은 상기 팬(144)과 오버랩된다. The indoor heat exchanger 130 is located outside the edge of the fan 144. At least a part of the fan 144 and the indoor heat exchanger 130 are arranged on the same horizontal line. And at least a portion of the bell mouth 142 is inserted into the fan 144. At least a portion of the bell mouth 142 overlaps the fan 144 in the up-and-down direction.
<유로의 구성><Structure of the Euro>
상기 실내열교환기(130)는 케이스하우징(110)의 내부에 배치되고, 상기 케이스하우징(110) 내부 공간을 내측 및 외측으로 구획한다.The indoor heat exchanger (130) is disposed inside the case housing (110), and divides the inner space of the case housing (110) inside and outside.
상기 실내열교환기(130)로 둘러싸인 내측 공간을 흡입유로(103)로 정의하고, 상기 실내열교환기(130)의 외측 공간을 토출유로(104)로 정의한다. An inner space surrounded by the indoor heat exchanger 130 is defined as a suction passage 103 and an outer space of the indoor heat exchanger 130 is defined as a discharge passage 104. [
상기 흡입유로(103)에 상기 실내송풍팬(140)이 배치된다. 상기 토출유로(104)는 실내열교환기(130)의 바깥쪽 및 케이스하우징(110)의 측벽 사이다. The indoor air blowing fan 140 is disposed in the suction passage 103. The discharge passage 104 is located between the outside of the indoor heat exchanger 130 and the side wall of the case housing 110.
탑뷰 또는 바텀뷰로 볼때, 상기 흡입유로(103)는 실내열교환기의 "□"로 둘러싸인 내측이고, 토출유로(104)는 실내열교환기의 "□"로 둘러싸인 바깥쪽이다. In the top view or the bottom view, the suction passage 103 is the inside surrounded by "? &Quot; of the indoor heat exchanger, and the discharge passage 104 is the outside surrounded by "? "Of the indoor heat exchanger.
상기 흡입유로(103)는 흡입구(101)과 연통되고, 상기 토출유로(104)는 토출구(103)와 연통된다.The suction passage 103 communicates with the suction port 101 and the discharge passage 104 communicates with the discharge port 103.
공기는 상기 흡입유로(103)의 하측에서 상측으로 유동되고, 토출유로(104)의 상측에서 하측으로 유동된다. 상기 실내열교환기(130)를 기준으로 공기의 유동방향이 180도 전환된다. The air flows from the lower side of the suction passage 103 to the upper side and flows from the upper side to the lower side of the discharge passage 104. The flow direction of the air is switched 180 degrees with reference to the indoor heat exchanger 130.
상기 흡입구(101) 및 토출구(102)는 프론트패널(300)의 같은 면에 형성된다.The suction port (101) and the discharge port (102) are formed on the same surface of the front panel (300).
상기 흡입구(101) 및 토출구(102)는 같은 방향을 향하도록 배치된다. 본 실시예에서 상기 흡입구(101) 및 토출구(102)는 실내의 바닥을 향하도록 배치된다. The suction port (101) and the discharge port (102) are arranged to face in the same direction. In this embodiment, the suction port 101 and the discharge port 102 are disposed to face the floor of the room.
상기 프론트패널(300)에 굴곡이 형성되는 경우 상기 토출구(102)가 약간의 측면경사를 갖게 형성될 수 있지만, 토출유로(104)와 연결된 토출구(102)는 하측을 향하도록 형성된다. When the front panel 300 is curved, the discharge port 102 may be formed to have a slight side inclination. However, the discharge port 102 connected to the discharge path 104 is formed to be directed downward.
상기 토출구(102)를 통해 토출되는 공기의 방향을 제어하기 위해 베인모듈(200)이 배치된다. A vane module 200 is disposed to control the direction of air discharged through the discharge port 102.
<프론트패널의 구성><Configuration of Front Panel>
상기 프론트패널(300)은 케이스하우징(110)에 결합되고, 상기 흡입구(101) 및 토출구(102)가 형성된 프론트바디(310)와, 다수개의 그릴홀(321)이 형성되고, 상기 흡입구(101)를 커버하는 흡입그릴(320)과, 상기 흡입그릴(320)에 분리가능하게 조립되는 프리필터(330)와, 상기 프론트바디(310)에 설치되고, 상기 토출구(102)의 공기유동방향을 제어하는 베인모듈(200)을 포함한다. The front panel 300 is coupled to the case housing 110 and includes a front body 310 having the inlet 101 and the outlet 102 and a plurality of grill holes 321. The inlet 101 A suction grill 320 covering the suction grill 320 and a free filter 330 detachably assembled to the suction grill 320 and a suction fan 320 installed in the front body 310 to adjust the air flow direction of the discharge port 102 And a vane module 200 for controlling the vane module 200.
상기 흡입그릴(320)은 상기 프론트바디(310)와 분리되어 배치된다. 상기 흡입그릴(320)은 상기 프론트바디(310)에 밀착되지만, 상기 프론트바디(310) 및 흡입그릴(320)를 조립 또는 결합시키는 구성이 배치되지 않는다. The suction grille 320 is disposed separately from the front body 310. Although the suction grill 320 is in close contact with the front body 310, a structure for assembling or coupling the front body 310 and the suction grill 320 is not disposed.
상기 흡입그릴(320)은 와이어에 의해 당겨져 상기 프론트바디(310)에 밀착된 상태를 유지하고, 엘리베이터(500)의 작동에 따라 하강 또는 승강될 수 있다. The suction grill 320 is pulled by the wire and kept in a state of being in close contact with the front body 310, and can be lowered or lifted or lowered according to the operation of the elevator 500.
상기 흡입그릴(320)은 상기 엘리베이터(500)에 의해 상기 프론트바디(310)에서 상하 방향으로 상승 또는 하강될 수 있다. 상기 흡입그릴(320)은 상기 흡입구(101) 전체를 커버한다. The suction grill 320 can be raised or lowered in the vertical direction in the front body 310 by the elevator 500. The suction grille 320 covers the entire suction port 101.
상기 엘리베이터(500) 및 흡입그릴(320)은 4개의 와이어를 통해 연결되고, 상기 엘리베이터(500)는 상기 와이어를 감거나 풀어서 상기 흡입그릴(320)를 상하 방향으로 이동시킨다. The elevator 500 and the suction grill 320 are connected through four wires, and the elevator 500 winds or loosens the wire to move the suction grill 320 in the vertical direction.
본 실시예에서 상기 흡입그릴(320)는 격자형태를 통해 다수개의 그릴홀(321)이 형성된다. 상기 그릴홀(321)과 상기 흡입구(101)는 연통된다. In the present embodiment, the suction grill 320 is formed with a plurality of grill holes 321 in a lattice shape. The grill hole 321 and the suction port 101 are communicated with each other.
상기 흡입그릴(320)의 상측에 프리필터(330)가 배치된다. 상기 프리필터(330)는 상기 케이스(100) 내부로 흡입되는 공기를 여과한다. 상기 프리필터(330)는 상기 그릴홀(321) 상측에 위치되고, 상기 흡입그릴(320)을 통과한 공기를 여과한다. A prefilter 330 is disposed above the suction grille 320. The pre-filter 330 filters the air sucked into the case 100. The pre-filter 330 is positioned above the grill hole 321 and filters the air that has passed through the suction grill 320.
상기 토출구(102)는 상기 흡입구(101)의 가장자리를 따라 긴 슬릿의 형태로 형성된다. 상기 베인모듈(200)은 상기 토출구(102) 상에 위치되고, 상기 프론트바디(310)에 결합된다. The discharge port 102 is formed in the form of a long slit along the edge of the suction port 101. The vane module 200 is positioned on the discharge port 102 and is coupled to the front body 310.
본 실시예에서 상기 베인모듈(200)은 상기 프론트바디(310)의 하측으로 분리될 수 있다. 즉 상기 베인모듈(200)은 상기 프론트바디(310)의 결합구조와 무관하게 배치되고, 상기 프론트바디(310)에서 독립적으로 분리될 수 있다. 이에 관한 구조는 보다 상세하게 후술하겠다. In the present embodiment, the vane module 200 may be separated to the lower side of the front body 310. That is, the vane module 200 is disposed independently of the coupling structure of the front body 310, and can be independently separated from the front body 310. The structure will be described in more detail below.
<프론트바디의 구성><Configuration of front body>
상기 프론트바디(310)는 케이스하우징(110)의 하측에 결합되고, 실내의 방향을 향해 배치된다. 상기 프론트바디(310)는 실내의 천장에 설치되고, 실내에 노출된다. The front body 310 is coupled to the lower side of the case housing 110 and is disposed toward the interior of the case. The front body 310 is installed on the ceiling of the room and is exposed to the room.
상기 프론트바디(310)는 케이스하우징(110)에 결합되고, 상기 케이스하우징(110)은 상기 프론트바디(310)의 하중을 지지한다. 상기 프론트바디(310)는 흡입그릴(320) 및 프리필터(330)의 하중을 지지한다. The front body 310 is coupled to the case housing 110 and the case housing 110 supports the load of the front body 310. The front body 310 supports loads of the suction grille 320 and the prefilter 330.
상기 프론트바디(310)는 탑뷰로 볼 때, 사각형 형상으로 형성된다. 상기 프론트바디(310)의 형상은 다양하게 형성될 수 있다. The front body 310 is formed in a rectangular shape when viewed from the top view. The shape of the front body 310 may be variously formed.
상기 프론트바디(310)의 상측면은 천장에 밀착될 수 있도록 수평하게 형성되고, 하측면은 가장자리가 약간의 곡면을 형성할 수 있다. The upper surface of the front body 310 may be formed horizontally to be adhered to the ceiling, and the lower surface may have a curved surface at an edge.
상기 프론트바디(310)의 중앙에 흡입구(101)가 배치되고, 상기 흡입구(101) 가장자리 바깥쪽에 복수개의 토출구(102)가 배치된다.A suction port 101 is disposed at the center of the front body 310 and a plurality of discharge ports 102 are disposed outside the suction port 101.
탑뷰로 볼 때, 상기 흡입구(101)는 정사각형 형상으로 형성되고, 토출구(102)는 직사각형 형상으로 형성될 수 있다. 상기 토출구(102)는 폭보다 길이가 긴 슬릿형태로 형성될 수 있다. In the top view, the suction port 101 may be formed in a square shape, and the discharge port 102 may be formed in a rectangular shape. The discharge port 102 may be formed in a slit shape longer than the width.
상기 프론트바디(310)는 프론트프레임(312), 사이드커버(314), 코너커버(316)를 포함한다.The front body 310 includes a front frame 312, a side cover 314, and a corner cover 316.
상기 프론트프레임(312)은 프론트패널(300)의 하중 및 강성을 제공하고, 상기 케이스하우징(110)에 체결고정된다. 상기 프론트프레임(312)에 상기 흡입구(101) 및 4개의 토출구(102)가 형성된다.The front frame 312 provides the load and rigidity of the front panel 300 and is fastened to the case housing 110. The suction port (101) and the four discharge ports (102) are formed in the front frame (312).
본 실시예에서 상기 프론트프레임(312)은 사이드프레임(311) 및 코너프레임(313)을 포함한다. In the present embodiment, the front frame 312 includes a side frame 311 and a corner frame 313.
상기 코너프레임(313)은 프론트패널(300)의 각 모서리에 배치된다. 상기 사이드프레임(311)은 2개의 코너프레임(313)과 결합된다. 상기 사이드프레임(311)은 이너 사이드프레임(311a) 및 아우터 사이드프레임(311b)를 포함한다. The corner frame 313 is disposed at each corner of the front panel 300. The side frames 311 are coupled to the two corner frames 313. The side frame 311 includes an inner side frame 311a and an outer side frame 311b.
상기 이너 사이드프레임(311a)은 흡입구(101) 및 토출구(102) 사이에 배치되고, 2개의 코너프레임(313)을 결합시킨다. 아우터 사이드프레임(311b)은 토출구(102)의 바깥쪽에 배치된다. The inner side frame 311a is disposed between the suction port 101 and the discharge port 102 and couples the two corner frames 313. The outer side frame 311b is disposed outside the discharge port 102. [
본 실시예에서는 4개의 이너 사이드프레임(311a) 및 4개의 아우터 사이드프레임(311b)이 구비된다. In this embodiment, four inner side frames 311a and four outer side frames 311b are provided.
상기 흡입구(101)는 4개의 이너 사이드프레임(311a) 내측에 위치된다. 상기 토출구(102)는 2개의 코너프레임(313), 이너 사이드프레임(311a) 및 아우터 사이드프레임(311b)에 둘러싸여 형성된다. The suction port (101) is located inside the four inner side frames (311a). The discharge port 102 is formed so as to be surrounded by two corner frames 313, an inner side frame 311a and an outer side frame 311b.
그리고 상기 프론트프레임(312)의 저면에 상기 사이드커버(314) 및 코너커버(316)가 결합된다. 상기 사이드커버(314) 및 코너커버(316)는 사용자에게 노출되고, 상기 프론트프레임(312)은 사용자에게는 보이지 않는다. The side cover 314 and the corner cover 316 are coupled to the bottom surface of the front frame 312. The side cover 314 and the corner cover 316 are exposed to the user, and the front frame 312 is not visible to the user.
상기 사이드커버(314)는 상기 프론트프레임(312)의 가장자리에 배치되고, 상기 코너커버(316)는 상기 프론트프레임(312)의 모서리에 배치된다. The side cover 314 is disposed at an edge of the front frame 312 and the corner cover 316 is disposed at an edge of the front frame 312.
상기 사이드커버(314)는 합성수지 재질로 형성되고, 상기 프론트프레임(312)에 체결고정된다. 구체적으로 상기 사이드커버(314)는 상기 사이드프레임(311)에 결합되고, 코너커버(316)는 코너프레임(313)에 결합된다. The side cover 314 is made of a synthetic resin material and fastened to the front frame 312. Specifically, the side cover 314 is coupled to the side frame 311, and the corner cover 316 is coupled to the corner frame 313.
본 실시예에서 상기 사이드커버(314) 및 코너커버(316)는 각각 4개가 구비된다. 상기 사이드커버(314) 및 코너커버(316)는 상기 프론트프레임(312)에 결합되어 하나의 구조물로 연결된다. 상기 프론트패널(300)에서 4개의 사이드커버(314) 및 4개의 코너커버(316)는 하나의 가장자리를 형성한다.In the present embodiment, four side covers 314 and four corner covers 316 are provided. The side cover 314 and the corner cover 316 are coupled to the front frame 312 and connected to each other by a single structure. In the front panel 300, the four side covers 314 and the four corner covers 316 form one edge.
상기 사이드프레임(311) 하측에 상기 사이드커버(314)가 배치되고, 코너프레임(313) 하측에 상기 코너커버(316)가 배치된다. The side cover 314 is disposed below the side frame 311 and the corner cover 316 is disposed below the corner frame 313. [
4개의 사이드커버(314) 및 4개의 코너커버(316)는 조립되어 4각형의 테두리를 형성한다. 연결된 4개의 사이드커버(314) 및 4개의 코너커버(316)를 프론트데코(350)라고 정의한다. The four side covers 314 and the four corner covers 316 are assembled to form a quadrangular rim. The four side covers 314 and the four corner covers 316 connected to each other are defined as the front decor 350. [
상기 프론트데코(350)는 데코 아우터보더(351, outer border)와 데코 이너보더(352, inner border)를 형성한다. The front decor 350 forms a deco outer border 351 and an inner border 352.
탑뷰 또는 바텀뷰로 볼 때, 상기 데코 아우터보더(351)는 사각형으로 형성되고, 데코 이너보더(352)도 전체적인 형상은 사각형으로 형성된다. 다만 상기 데코 이너보더의 모서리는 소정의 곡률을 형성한다. When viewed in a top view or a bottom view, the deco outer border 351 is formed in a rectangular shape, and the decoror border 352 is also formed in a rectangular shape as a whole. However, the edge of the decorative border forms a predetermined curvature.
상기 데코 이너보더(352) 내측에 상기 흡입그릴(320) 및 4개의 베인모듈(200)이 배치된다. 그리고 상기 데코 이너보더(352)에 흡입그릴(320) 및 4개의 베인모듈(200) 접한다. The suction grille 320 and the four vane modules 200 are disposed inside the decoror borders 352. Then, the suction grille 320 and the four vane modules 200 abut against the decoror borders 352.
본 실시예에서 상기 사이드커버(314)는 4개가 배치되고, 각 사이드커버(314)는 상기 프론트프레임(312)에 결합된다. 상기 사이드커버(314)의 바깥쪽 가장자리는 상기 데코 아우터보더(351)의 일부를 형성하고, 안쪽 가장자리는 상기 데코 이너보더(352)의 일부를 형성한다.In the present embodiment, four side covers 314 are disposed, and each side cover 314 is coupled to the front frame 312. The outer edge of the side cover 314 forms part of the deco outer border 351 and the inner edge forms part of the decoror border 352.
특히, 상기 사이드커버(314)의 안쪽 가장자리는 상기 토출구(102)의 바깥쪽 경계를 형성한다. 상기 사이드커버(314)의 안쪽 가장자리를 사이드데코 이너보더(315)로 정의한다.Particularly, the inner edge of the side cover 314 forms the outer boundary of the discharge port 102. The inner edge of the side cover 314 is defined as a side decoror border 315. [
본 실시예에서 상기 코너커버(316)는 4개가 배치되고, 각 코너커버(316)는 상기 프론트프레임(312)에 결합된다. 상기 코너커버(316)의 바깥쪽 가장자리는 상기 데코 아우터보더(351)의 일부를 형성하고, 안쪽 가장자리는 상기 데코 이너보더(352)의 일부를 형성한다.In the present embodiment, four corner covers 316 are disposed, and each of the corner covers 316 is coupled to the front frame 312. The outer edge of the corner cover 316 forms a part of the deco outer border 351 and the inner edge forms a part of the decoror border 352.
상기 코너커버(316)의 안쪽 가장자리를 코너데코 이너보더(317)로 정의한다.The inner edge of the corner cover 316 is defined as a corner decoror border 317. [
상기 코너데코 이너보더(317)는 상기 흡입그릴(320)과 맞닿게 배치될 수 있다. 본 실시예에서는 상기 코너커버(316)의 안쪽 가장자리는 상기 흡입그릴(320)과 마주보게 배치되고, 소정간격 이격되어 갭(317a)을 형성한다. The corner decorainer 317 may be disposed to abut the suction grille 320. In the present embodiment, the inner edge of the corner cover 316 is arranged to face the suction grille 320, and the gap is spaced by a predetermined distance to form a gap 317a.
상기 사이드데코 이너보더(315) 역시 상기 베인모듈(200)과 소정간격 이격되어 갭(315a)을 형성하고, 상기 베인모듈(200)의 바깥쪽 가장자리와 마주보게 배치된다. The side decor inner border 315 is spaced apart from the vane module 200 by a predetermined distance to form a gap 315a and is arranged to face the outer edge of the vane module 200. [
그래서 상기 데코 이너보더(352)는 4개의 베인모듈(200) 및 흡입그릴(320)의 바깥쪽 가장자리와 소정간격 이격되고 연속된 갭을 형성한다. Thus, the decor inner border 352 is spaced apart from the outer edges of the four vane modules 200 and the suction grille 320 and forms a continuous gap.
4개의 사이드데코 이너보더 갭(315a) 및 4개의 코너데코 이너보더 갭(317a)에 의해 형성된 연속된 갭을 프론트데코 갭(350a)으로 정의한다. A continuous gap formed by the four side decoupling border gap 315a and the four corner decenter border gap 317a is defined as a front decoupling gap 350a.
상기 프론트데코 갭(350a)은 상기 프론트데코(350)의 안쪽 가장자리에 형성된다. 구체적으로 상기 프론트데코 갭(350a)은 베인모듈(200) 및 흡입그릴(320)의 바깥쪽 가장자리와 프론트데코(350)의 안쪽 가장자리가 이격되어 형성된다. The front decor gap 350a is formed at the inner edge of the front decor 350. [ Specifically, the front decor gap 350a is formed by separating the outer edge of the vane module 200 and the suction grill 320 from the inner edge of the front decor 350. [
상기 베인모듈(200)이 작동되지 않을 때(실내기 정지 시), 상기 프론트데코 갭(350a)은 흡입그릴(320) 및 베인모듈(200)을 하나의 구조물로 보이게 한다. When the vane module 200 is not operated (when the indoor unit is stopped), the front decoupling gap 350a makes the suction grille 320 and the vane module 200 appear as a single structure.
<흡입그릴의 구성><Configuration of suction grille>
상기 흡입그릴(320)은 프론트바디(310)의 하측에 위치된다. 상기 흡입그릴(320)은 상기 프론트바디(310)의 저면에 밀착된 상태에서 하측으로 승강될 수 있다.The suction grille 320 is positioned below the front body 310. The suction grille 320 may be moved up and down in a state in which it is in close contact with the bottom surface of the front body 310.
상기 흡입그릴(320)은 그릴바디(322)와, 상기 그릴바디(322)를 상하방향으로 관통하게 형성된 다수개의 그릴홀(321)과, 상기 그릴바디(322)에 형성되고, 상기 와이어의 타단이 고정되는 와이어고정부(329)와, 상기 프리필터(330)가 분리가능하게 조립되는 필터결합부(331)를 포함한다. The suction grill 320 includes a grill body 322, a plurality of grill holes 321 formed to vertically penetrate the grill body 322, and a plurality of grill holes 321 formed in the grill body 322, A fixed wire fixing portion 329 and a filter coupling portion 331 in which the pre-filter 330 is detachably assembled.
상기 흡입그릴(320)은, 상기 흡입구(101)의 하측에 배치되고, 다수개의 그릴홀(321)에 의해 상기 흡입구(101)와 연통되고, 사각형 형상으로 형성된 그릴바디(322)과, 상기 그릴바디(322)의 모서리에서 대각선방향으로 연장되어 형성된 그릴코너부(327)를 포함한다. The suction grill 320 includes a grill body 322 disposed below the suction port 101 and communicating with the suction port 101 by a plurality of grill holes 321 formed in a rectangular shape, And a grill corner portion 327 formed to extend diagonally from the edge of the body 322.
상기 그릴바디(322)의 저면과 베인(210)의 저면은 연속된 면을 형성할 수 있다. 또한, 상기 그릴바디(322)의 저면과 코너커버(316)의 저면은 연속된 면을 형성할 수 있다.The bottom surface of the grill body 322 and the bottom surface of the vane 210 may form a continuous surface. The bottom surface of the grill body 322 and the bottom surface of the corner cover 316 may form a continuous surface.
상기 그릴바디(322)의 내측에는 다수개의 그릴(323)이 격자형태로 배치된다. 상기 격자형태의 그릴(323)은 사각형 형태의 그릴홀(321)을 형성시킨다. 상기 그릴(323) 및 그릴홀(321)이 형성된 부분을 흡입부로 정의한다. Inside the grill body 322, a plurality of grills 323 are arranged in a lattice form. The grid-shaped grill 323 forms a grill hole 321 having a rectangular shape. The portion where the grill 323 and the grill hole 321 are formed is defined as a suction portion.
상기 그릴바디(322)는 다수개의 그릴홀(321)이 형성된 그릴(323)과, 상기 그릴(323)의 가장자리를 따라 배치되고, 상기 그릴(323)을 둘러싸게 배치되는 그릴바디부(324)를 포함한다. 탑뷰 또는 바텀뷰로 볼때, 상기 흡입부는 전체적인 형상이 사각형으로 형성된다. The grill body 322 includes a grill 323 having a plurality of grill holes 321 and a grill body 324 disposed along the edge of the grill 323 and surrounding the grill 323, . When viewed in a top view or a bottom view, the suction portion is formed in a rectangular shape as a whole.
프리필터(330)는 상기 흡입부 상측에 위치되고, 상기 흡입부를 커버한다. The pre-filter 330 is positioned above the suction portion and covers the suction portion.
상기 흡입부의 각 모서리는 프론트패널(300)의 각 모서리를 향하게 배치되고, 보다 상세하게는 상기 코너커버(316)를 향하게 배치된다. Each of the corners of the suction portion is disposed to face each corner of the front panel 300, and more specifically to the corner cover 316.
바텀뷰로 볼 때, 상기 그릴바디(322)는 사각형 형상으로 형성된다.When viewed in the bottom view, the grill body 322 is formed in a rectangular shape.
상기 그릴바디부(324)의 외측 가장자리는 상기 토출구(102) 또는 프론트데코(350)와 마주보게 배치된다. The outer edge of the grill body portion 324 is arranged to face the discharge port 102 or the front decor 350.
상기 그릴바디부(324)의 외측 가장자리는 코너커버(316)와 마주보게 배치되는 그릴 코너보더(326)와, 상기 토출구(102)를 형성하고, 상기 사이드커버(314)와 마주보게 배치되는 그릴 사이드보더(325)를 포함한다. The grill body 324 includes a grill corner bordering 326 disposed opposite the corner cover 316 and a grill 326 formed on the grill body 324 to form the discharge port 102, Side border &lt; RTI ID = 0.0 &gt; 325. &lt; / RTI &gt;
상기 그릴 코너보더(326)는 흡입그릴(320)의 내측을 중심으로 하는 곡률로 형성되고, 그릴 사이드보더(325)는 상기 흡입그릴(320)의 외측을 중심으로 곡률로 형성될 수 있다.The grill corner borders 326 may be curved around the inside of the suction grille 320 and the grill side borders 325 may be curved around the outside of the suction grille 320.
상기 그릴바디부(324)는 상기 그릴 코너보더(326) 및 2개의 그릴 사이드보더(325)에 의해 감싸지는 그릴코너부(327)를 더 포함한다. 상기 그릴코너부(327)는 그릴바디부(324)에서 코너커버(316) 측으로 돌출되어 형성된다. The grill body portion 324 further includes a grill corner portion 327 wrapped by the grill corner borders 326 and the two grill side borders 325. The grill corner portion 327 is protruded from the grill body portion 324 toward the corner cover 316 side.
상기 그릴코너부(327)는 상기 그릴바디(322)의 각 모서리에 배치된다. 상기 그릴코너부(327)는 상기 프론트패널(300)의 각 모서리를 향해 연장된다. The grill corner portion 327 is disposed at each corner of the grill body 322. The grill corner portions 327 extend toward the respective corners of the front panel 300.
본 실시예에서 상기 그릴코너부(327)는 4개가 배치된다. 설명의 편의를 위해 4개의 그릴코너부(327)를 제 1 그릴코너부(327-1), 제 2 그릴코너부(327-2), 제 3 그릴코너부(327-3) 및 제 4 그릴코너부(327-4)라 정의한다.In this embodiment, four grill corner portions 327 are disposed. For convenience of explanation, four grill corner portions 327 are formed on the first grill corner portion 327-1, the second grill corner portion 327-2, the third grill corner portion 327-3, And is defined as a corner portion 327-4.
상기 그릴 사이드보더(325)는 바깥쪽에서 안쪽으로 오목한 형상으로 형성된다.The grille side borders 325 are formed in a concave shape from the outside to the inside.
상기 사이드커버(314) 및 흡입그릴(320) 사이에 토출구(102)가 형성된다. 보다 구체적으로는 상기 사이드커버(314)의 사이드데코 이너보더(315) 및 그릴바디(322)의 그릴사이드보더(325) 사이에 1개의 토출구(102)가 형성된다. 상기 흡입그릴(320)의 4방향에 배치된 사이드데코 이너보더(315) 및 그릴사이드보더(325) 사이에 각각의 토출구(102)가 형성된다. A discharge port 102 is formed between the side cover 314 and the suction grille 320. More specifically, one discharge port 102 is formed between the side decoror borders 315 of the side cover 314 and the grill side borders 325 of the grill body 322. Discharge openings 102 are formed between the side decoror borders 315 and the grill side borders 325 arranged in four directions of the suction grille 320. [
본 실시예에서 그릴 코너보더(326)의 길이와 코너데코 이너보더(317)는 서로 마주보게 배치된다. 그리고 그릴 코너보더(326)의 길이와 코너데코 이너보더(317)의 길이는 같다. 즉, 상기 코너커버(316)의 폭과 상기 그릴코너부(327)의 폭이 같게 형성된다. 또한, 사이드커버(314)의 내측 폭과 그릴 사이드보더(325)의 폭이 같게 형성된다. In this embodiment, the length of the grille corner border 326 and the corner decoror border 317 are arranged to face each other. The length of the corner corner borders 326 and the length of the corner decoror borders 317 are the same. That is, the width of the corner cover 316 is equal to the width of the corner portion 327 of the grill. In addition, the inside width of the side cover 314 and the width of the grill side borders 325 are formed to be the same.
상기 그릴 사이드보더(325)를 보다 상세하게 구분하면 다음과 같다. The grille side borders 325 are further divided as follows.
상기 그릴 사이드보더(325)는 상기 토출구(102)의 안쪽 경계를 형성한다. 상기 사이드데코 이너보더(315) 및 코너데코 이너보더(317)는 상기 토출구(102)의 바깐쪽 경계를 형성한다. The grille side borders 325 form an inner boundary of the discharge opening 102. The side decor inner borders 315 and the corner decor inner borders 317 form the bar boundary of the discharge opening 102.
상기 그릴 사이드보더(325)는 토출구(102)의 길이 방향으로 길게 연장되고, 직선으로 형성된 긴직선구간(325a)과, 상기 긴직선구간(325a)의 일측과 연결되고, 상기 흡입그릴(320)의 바깥쪽에 곡률중심이 형성되는 제 1 곡선구간(325b)과, 상기 긴직선구간(325a)의 타측과 연결되고, 상기 흡입그릴(320)의 바깥쪽에 곡률중심이 형성되는 제 2 곡선구간(325c)과, 상기 제 1 곡선구간(325b)과 연결되는 제 1 짧은직선구간(325d)과, 상기 제 2 곡선구간(325c)과 연결되는 제 2 짧은직선구간(325e)을 포함한다. The grill side borders 325 are elongated in the longitudinal direction of the discharge port 102 and are connected to one side of the long straight line section 325a and connected to the suction grille 320, A second curve section 325b connected to the other side of the long straight line section 325a and having a center of curvature formed outside the suction grille 320, A first short straight line section 325d connected to the first curve section 325b and a second short straight line section 325e connected to the second curve section 325c.
상기 그릴 사이드보더(325) 및 사이드데코 이너보더(315) 사이에 토출구(102)가 형성되고, 상기 각 토출구(102)에는 베인모듈(200)이 배치된다. A discharge port 102 is formed between the grill side borders 325 and the side decoror borders 315 and a vane module 200 is disposed in each of the discharge ports 102.
상기 베인모듈(200)의 베인(210)의 내측 가장자리(210a)는 그릴 사이드보더(325)와 마주보게 배치되고, 베인(210)의 외측 가장자리(210b)는 사이드데코 이너보더(315)와 마주보게 배치된다. The inner edge 210a of the vane 210 of the vane module 200 faces the grill side borders 325 and the outer edge 210b of the vane 210 faces the side decorainer 315, Respectively.
상기 그릴 사이드보더(325) 및 사이드데코 이너보더(315) 사이에 토출구(102)가 형성되고, 상기 각 토출구(102)에는 베인모듈(200)이 배치된다. A discharge port 102 is formed between the grill side borders 325 and the side decoror borders 315 and a vane module 200 is disposed in each of the discharge ports 102.
상기 베인모듈(200)의 베인(210)의 내측 가장자리(210a)는 그릴 사이드보더(325)와 마주보게 배치되고, 베인(210)의 외측 가장자리(210b)는 사이드데코 이너보더(315)와 마주보게 배치된다. The inner edge 210a of the vane 210 of the vane module 200 faces the grill side borders 325 and the outer edge 210b of the vane 210 faces the side decorainer 315, Respectively.
한편, 와이어의 타단이 고정되는 와이어고정부(329)는 그릴바디부(324)에서 상측으로 돌출된다. 와이어고정부(329)는 4개가 배치되고, 각각의 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)에 대응된다. On the other hand, the wire fixing portion 329 to which the other end of the wire is fixed protrudes upward from the grill body portion 324. Four wire fixing portions 329 are arranged and correspond to the respective wires 511, 512, 521, and 522.
제 1-1 와이어(511)의 타단이 고정되는 와이어고정부를 제 1 와이어고정부(329-1)로 정의하고, 제 1-2 와이어(512)의 타단이 고정되는 와이어고정부를 제 2 와이어고정부(329-2)로 정의하고, 제 2-1 와이어(521)의 타단이 고정되는 와이어고정부를 제 3 와이어고정부(329-3)로 정의하고, 제 2-2 와이어(522)의 타단이 고정되는 와이어고정부를 제 4 와이어고정부(329-4)로 정의한다. The wire fixing portion for fixing the other end of the 1-1 wire 511 is defined as a first wire fixing portion 329-1 and the wire fixing portion for fixing the other end of the 1-2 wire 512 is defined as a second wire fixing portion 329-1, Wire fixing portion 329-2 and wire fixing portion where the other end of the second-first wire 521 is fixed is defined as a third wire fixing portion 329-3, and the second-second wire 522 Is defined as a fourth wire fixing portion 329-4.
탑뷰 또는 바텀뷰로 볼 때, 제 1 와이어고정부 및 제 2 와이어고정부는 제 1 유닛의 모터축(541) 방향을 기준으로 대칭된다. 탑뷰 또는 바텀뷰로 볼 때, 제 3 와이어고정부 및 제 4 와이어고정부는 제 2 유닛의 모터축(541) 방향을 기준으로 대칭된다. When viewed in a top view or a bottom view, the first wire fixing portion and the second wire fixing portion are symmetrical with respect to the direction of the motor shaft 541 of the first unit. When viewed in a top view or a bottom view, the third wire fixing portion and the fourth wire fixing portion are symmetrical with respect to the direction of the motor shaft 541 of the second unit.
제 1 와이어고정부 및 제 2 와이어고정부의 배치방향과 제 3 와이어고정부 및 제 4 와이어고정부의 배치방향은 평행하다. The arrangement direction of the first wire fixing portion and the second wire fixing portion and the arrangement direction of the third wire fixing portion and the fourth wire fixing portion are parallel.
본 실시예에서 제 1 와이어고정부는 제 1 그릴코너부(327-1) 측에 위치되고, 제 2 와이어고정부는 제 2 그릴코너부(327-2) 측에 위치되고, 제 3 와이어고정부는 제 3 그릴코너부(327-3) 측에 위치되고, 제 4 와이어고정부는 제 4 그릴코너부(327-4) 측에 위치된다. In this embodiment, the first wire fixing portion is located on the first grill corner portion 327-1 side, the second wire fixing portion is located on the second grill corner portion 327-2 side, 3 grill corner portion 327-3, and the fourth wire fixing portion is positioned on the fourth grill corner portion 327-4 side.
상기 와이어고정부(329)는 프리필터(330) 외측에 배치되고, 그릴바디(322) 에 배치된다. 각 와이어고정부는 그릴바디(322)의 상측면에서 상측으로 돌출된다. The wire fixing portion 329 is disposed outside the prefilter 330 and disposed on the grill body 322. Each of the wire fixing portions protrudes upward from the upper surface of the grill body 322.
필터결합부(331)는 프리필터(330)를 고정하기 위한 구성이다. 프리필터(330)는 주기적으로 세척되어야하기 때문에, 프리필터(330)는 필터결합부(331)에 분리가능하게 조립된다. The filter coupling portion 331 is a structure for fixing the pre-filter 330. Since the pre-filter 330 has to be periodically cleaned, the pre-filter 330 is detachably assembled to the filter engaging portion 331.
본 실시에에서 필터결합부(331)는 프리필터(330)의 가장자리를 감싸는 구조이다. 필터결합부(331)는 그릴(323) 바깥쪽에 배치되고, 흡입구(101) 또는 흡입부의 가장자리를 따라 배치될 수 있다.In this embodiment, the filter coupling portion 331 is configured to surround the edge of the pre-filter 330. The filter engagement portion 331 is disposed outside the grill 323 and may be disposed along the edge of the suction port 101 or the suction portion.
필터결합부(331)는 그릴바디부(324)의 상측면에서 상측으로 돌출되고, 상기 그릴바디부(324) 상측면과의 사이에 상기 프리필터(330)가 수납될 수 있는 간격을 형성시킨다. The filter coupling portion 331 protrudes upward from the upper surface of the grill body portion 324 and forms an interval between the filter coupling portion 331 and the upper surface of the grill body portion 324 so that the pre- .
<프리필터의 구성>&Lt; Configuration of pre-filter &
프리필터(330)는 흡입그릴(320)의 상측에 배치된다. 프리필터(330)는 흡입구(101)를 통해 흡입된 공기에서 체적이 큰 이물질을 여과한다. The prefilter 330 is disposed above the suction grille 320. The pre-filter (330) filters foreign matter having a large volume from the air sucked through the inlet (101).
프리필터(330)는 그릴(323) 상측에 배치되고, 흡입부 전체를 커버한다. The pre-filter 330 is disposed above the grill 323 and covers the entire suction portion.
프리필터(330)는 흡입그릴(320)에 분리가능하게 조립되고, 흡입그릴(320)이 하강될 때, 함께 하강된다. The prefilter 330 is detachably assembled to the suction grille 320 and is lowered together when the suction grille 320 is lowered.
<엘리베이터의 구성>&Lt; Configuration of elevator &
상기 엘리베이터(500)는 4개의 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)를 동시에 감거나 풀어서 상기 흡입그릴(320)을 상승 또는 하강시킬 수 있다. 사용자는 제어부에 조작신호를 입력하여 상기 엘리베이터(500)를 작동시킬 수 있다. The elevator 500 can wind up or unwind the four wires 511, 512, 521, and 522 at the same time to raise or lower the suction grill 320. The user can operate the elevator 500 by inputting an operation signal to the control unit.
상기 엘리베이터(500)는 상기 제어부에 의해 제어된다. 상기 엘리베이터(500)는 상기 흡입그릴(320)을 4점 지지한다. 상기 엘리베이터(500)는 4개의 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)를 통해 상기 흡입그릴(320)을 지지하고, 상기 와이어들을 감거나 풀어서 상기 흡입그릴(320)을 상승 또는 하강시킨다. The elevator 500 is controlled by the control unit. The elevator 500 supports the suction grille 320 at four points. The elevator 500 supports the suction grill 320 through four wires 511, 512, 521 and 522 and winds up or unwinds the suction grill 320 to raise or lower the suction grill 320 .
상기 엘리베이터(500)는 4개의 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)를 동시에 감거나 풀도록 작동되고, 이를 통해 상기 흡입그릴(320)을 수평상태로 상승 또는 하강시킬수 있다. The elevator 500 is operated to wind or unwind four wires 511, 512, 521 and 522 at the same time so that the suction grill 320 can be raised or lowered in a horizontal state.
상기 엘리베이터(500)는 제 1 유닛(510) 및 제 2 유닛(520)으로 구성된다.The elevator 500 comprises a first unit 510 and a second unit 520.
제 1 유닛(510)은 한 쌍의 와이어를 동시에 감거나 풀수 있고, 제 2 유닛(520)도 한 쌍의 와이어를 동시에 감거나 풀 수 있다. The first unit 510 can simultaneously wind or unwind a pair of wires and the second unit 520 can simultaneously wind or unwind a pair of wires.
제 1 유닛(510)에 연결된 한 쌍의 와이어를 제 1-1 와이어(511) 및 제 1-2 와이어(512)로 정의하고, 제 2 유닛(520)에 연결된 한 쌍의 와이어를 제 2-1 와이어(521) 및 제 2-2 와이어(522)로 정의한다. A pair of wires connected to the first unit 510 is defined as a 1-1 wire 511 and a 1-2 wire 512 and a pair of wires connected to the second unit 520 is defined as a 2- 1 wire 521 and a second-second wire 522, respectively.
상기 제 1 유닛(510)은 제 1-1 와이어(511) 및 제 1-2 와이어(512)를 동시에 감거나 풀 수 있다. 상기 제 2 유닛(520)은 제 2-1 와이어(521) 및 제 2-2 와이어(522)를 동시에 감거나 풀 수 있다. The first unit 510 can wind or loosen the 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 at the same time. The second unit 520 may wind or unwind the second-1 wire 521 and the second-second wire 522 simultaneously.
상기 제 1-1 와이어(511)의 일단 및 제 1-2 와이어(512)의 일단은 상기 제 1 유닛(510)에 결합되고, 상기 제 1-1 와이어(511)의 타단 및 제 1-2 와이어(512)의 타단은 상기 흡입그릴(320)의 일측에 결합된다. One end of the 1-1 wire 511 and one end of the 1-2 wire 512 are coupled to the first unit 510 and the other end of the 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 The other end of the wire 512 is coupled to one side of the suction grille 320.
상기 제 2-1 와이어(521)의 일단 및 제 2-2 와이어(522)의 일단은 상기 제 2 유닛(520)에 결합되고, 상기 제 2-1 와이어(521)의 타단 및 제 2-2 와이어(522)의 타단은 상기 흡입그릴의 타측에 결합된다. One end of the 2-1 wire 521 and one end of the 2-2 wire 522 are coupled to the second unit 520 and the other end of the 2-1 wire 521 and the 2-2 wire 2- The other end of the wire 522 is coupled to the other side of the suction grille.
상기 제 1-1 와이어(511) 및 제 1-2 와이어(512)가 좌측에 배치되는 경우, 상기 제 2-1 와이어(521) 및 제 2-2 와이어(522)는 우측에 배치된다. 이와 달리 상기 제 1-1 와이어(511) 및 제 1-2 와이어(512)가 전방측에 배치되는 경우, 상기 제 2-1 와이어(521) 및 제 2-2 와이어(522)는 후방측에 배치된다. When the 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 are disposed on the left side, the 2-1 wire 521 and the 2-2 wire 522 are disposed on the right side. Alternatively, when the 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 are disposed on the front side, the 2-1 wire 521 and the 2-2 wire 522 are arranged on the rear side .
도 5를 참고하면, 제 1-1 와이어(511) 및 제 1-2 와이어(512)는 좌측에 위치되고, 전후 방향으로 배치되며, 제 2-1 와이어(521) 및 제 2-2 와이어(522)는 우측에 위치되고, 전후방향으로 배치된다. 5, the 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 are located on the left side and arranged in the front-rear direction, and the 2-1 wire 521 and the 2-2 wire 522 are located on the right side, and are arranged in the front-rear direction.
바텀뷰 또는 탑뷰로 볼 때, 제 1-1 와이어(511) 및 제 1-2 와이어(512)는 일렬로 배치되고, 제 2-1 와이어(521) 및 제 2-2 와이어(522)도 일렬로 배치된다. The first 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 are arranged in a line and the 2-1 wire 521 and the 2-2 wire 522 are also arranged in a line .
제 1-1 와이어(511) 및 제 2-1 와이어(521)는 평행하게 배치되고, 제 1-2 와이어(512) 및 제 2-2 와이어(522)가 평행하게 배치된다. The 1-1 wire 511 and the 2-1 wire 521 are arranged in parallel, and the 1-2 wire 512 and the 2-2 wire 522 are arranged in parallel.
상기 제 1 유닛(510) 및 제 2 유닛(520)은 서로 대칭되게 배치된다. 상기 제 1 유닛(510)이 케이스(100)의 좌측에 배치되는 경우, 상기 제 2 유닛(520)은 케ㅇ이(100)의 우측에 배치된다. 마찬가지로 상기 제 1 유닛(510)이 케이스(100)의 전방측에 배치되는 경우, 상기 제 2 유닛(520)은 케이스(100)의 후방측에 배치된다. The first unit 510 and the second unit 520 are disposed symmetrically with respect to each other. When the first unit 510 is disposed on the left side of the case 100, the second unit 520 is disposed on the right side of the casing 100. Similarly, when the first unit 510 is disposed on the front side of the case 100, the second unit 520 is disposed on the rear side of the case 100.
본 실시예에서 상기 제 1 유닛(510)은 케이스(100)의 좌측에 배치되고, 상기 제 2 유닛(520)은 케이스(100)의 우측에 배치된다. The first unit 510 is disposed on the left side of the case 100 and the second unit 520 is disposed on the right side of the case 100 in this embodiment.
상기 엘리베이터(500)는 4개의 와이어를 동시에 감거나 동시에 풀어서 상기 흡입그릴(320)가 수평한 상태로 상승 또는 하강되게 하는 구조를 제공한다. The elevator 500 provides a structure that causes the suction grill 320 to rise or fall in a horizontal state by simultaneously winding or unwinding four wires simultaneously.
상기 제 1 유닛(510) 및 제 2 유닛(520)의 구성이 동일하기 때문에, 상기 제 1 유닛(510)을 예로 들어 그 구조에 대해 설명한다. Since the configurations of the first unit 510 and the second unit 520 are the same, the structure of the first unit 510 will be described as an example.
<제 1 유닛의 구성>&Lt; Configuration of First Unit >
상기 제 1 유닛(510)은 1-1 와이어(511) 일단 및 제 1-2 와이어(512)의 일단이 각각 고정되는 드럼(530)과, 상기 드럼(530)을 회전시키는 드럼모터(540)와, 상기 제 1-1 와이어(511)가 관통되어 배치되고, 상기 제 1-1 와이어(511)가 감겨지거나 풀릴 때, 상기 제 1-1 와이어(511)의 위치를 정렬시키는 제 1 롤러박스(550)와, 상기 제 1-2 와이어(512)가 관통되어 배치되고, 상기 제 1-2 와이어(512)가 감겨지거나 풀릴 때, 상기 제 1-2 와이어(512)의 위치를 정렬시키는 제 2 롤러박스(560)와, 상기 드럼(530)의 회전량을 감지하는 회전량감지장치(600)를 포함한다. The first unit 510 includes a drum 530 to which one end of the 1-1 wire 511 and one end of the 1-2 wire 512 are respectively fixed and a drum motor 540 that rotates the drum 530. [ And a first roller box (511) for aligning the position of the first wire (511) when the first wire (511) is wound or unwound, (512) is arranged to penetrate the first wire (512), and when the first wire (512) is wound or unwound, the wire (550) 2 roller box 560, and a rotation amount sensing device 600 for sensing the amount of rotation of the drum 530.
상기 제 1 유닛(510)은 상기 프론트바디(310), 캐비닛하우징(110), 벨마우스(142) 중 어느 하나에 배치될 수 있다. The first unit 510 may be disposed in any one of the front body 310, the cabinet housing 110, and the bell mouth 142.
상기 제 1 유닛(510)을 구성하는 드럼(530), 드럼모터(540), 제 1 롤러박스(550) 및 제 2 롤러박스(560)는 상기 프론트바디(310), 캐비닛하우징(110), 벨마우스(142) 중 어느 하나에 배치될 수 있다. The drum 530, the drum motor 540, the first roller box 550 and the second roller box 560 constituting the first unit 510 are connected to the front body 310, the cabinet housing 110, The bell mouth 142 may be disposed in any one of the bell mouth 142 and the bell mouth 142.
본 실시예에서는 교체 및 수리가 용이하도록, 상기 제 1 유닛(510)의 외관을 형성하는 유닛케이스(590)가 배치된다. 유닛케이스(590) 내부에 드럼(530), 드럼모터(540), 제 1 롤러박스(550), 제 2 롤러박스(560), 회전량감지장치(600)가 배치된다. In this embodiment, a unit case 590 for forming an outer appearance of the first unit 510 is arranged to facilitate replacement and repair. A drum 530, a drum motor 540, a first roller box 550, a second roller box 560, and a rotation amount sensing device 600 are disposed inside the unit case 590.
유닛케이스(590)는 상기 프론트바디(310), 캐비닛하우징(110), 벨마우스(142) 중 어느 하나에 배치될 수 있다. 본 실시예에서 상기 유닛케이스(590)는 벨마우스(142)에 설치된다. 상기 유닛케이스(590)는 흡입그릴(320) 상측에 배치된다. The unit case 590 may be disposed in any one of the front body 310, the cabinet housing 110, and the bell mouth 142. In this embodiment, the unit case 590 is installed in the bell mouth 142. The unit case 590 is disposed above the suction grille 320.
유닛케이스를 구분할 필요가 있을 때, 상기 제 1 유닛에 배치된 유닛케이스를 제 1 유닛케이스로 정의하고, 제 2 유닛에 배치된 유닛케이스를 제 2 유닛케이스로 정의한다. When a unit case needs to be distinguished, a unit case disposed in the first unit is defined as a first unit case, and a unit case disposed in the second unit is defined as a second unit case.
<드럼의 구성><Configuration of drum>
상기 드럼(530)은 원통형으로 형성되고, 제 1-1 와이어(511) 및 제 1-2 와이어(512)의 일단이 각각 고정되는 드럼바디(535)와, 상기 드럼바디(535)의 반경방향 외측으로 돌출되어 배치되고, 상기 제 1-1 와이어(511)가 감기는 제 1 구역(531) 및 상기 제 1-2 와이어(512)가 감기는 2 구역(532)을 구획하는 파티션(533)과, 상기 드럼바디(535)에 배치되고, 상기 제 1 구역(531)에서 감기는 제 1-1 와이어(511)가 상기 드럼바디(535) 밖으로 이탈되는 것을 방지하는 제 1-1 배리어(534)와, 상기 드럼바디(535)에 배치되고, 상기 2 구역(532)에서 감기는 제 1-2 와이어(512)가 상기 드럼바디(535) 밖으로 이탈되는 것을 방지하는 제 1-2 배리어(536)를 포함한다. The drum 530 is formed in a cylindrical shape and includes a drum body 535 to which one ends of the 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 are respectively fixed, And a partition 533 for partitioning the first zone 531 in which the first 1-1 wire 511 is wound and the second zone 532 in which the 1-2 wire 512 is wound, And a 1-1 barrier 534 disposed in the drum body 535 for preventing the 1-1 wire 511 wound in the first zone 531 from being detached from the drum body 535. [ And a second 1-2 barrier 536 disposed in the drum body 535 for preventing the first wire 1-25 wound in the second zone 532 from being released from the drum body 535. [ ).
상기 드럼바디(535)는 원통형으로 형성된다. 본 실시예와 달리 상기 드럼바디(535)는 다양한 형태로 형성될 수 있다. 상기 드럼바디(535)의 외주면에는 상기 와이어의 권선 시 정렬이 용이하도록 홈이 형성될 수 있다. 상기 홈은 드럼바디(535)의 외주면을 따라 나선형태로 형성될 수 있다.The drum body 535 is formed in a cylindrical shape. Unlike the present embodiment, the drum body 535 may be formed in various shapes. A groove may be formed on the outer circumferential surface of the drum body 535 to facilitate alignment during winding of the wire. The grooves may be formed in a spiral shape along the outer peripheral surface of the drum body 535.
상기 파티션(533)은 상기 드럼바디(535)의 길이방향에 대하여 중간에 배치된다. 상기 파티션(533)은 드럼바디(535)의 반경방향 외측으로 돌출되어 형성된다. 본 실시예에서 상기 파티션(533)은 링형상로 형성되고, 상기 파티션(533)의 중심은 상기 드럼바디(535)이 축중심(C)과 동일축 선상에 배치된다. 상기 링형상은 상기 드럼바디(535)의 외주면을 따라 반경방향으로 돌출되어 배치된다. The partition 533 is disposed in the middle with respect to the longitudinal direction of the drum body 535. The partition 533 is formed protruding radially outward of the drum body 535. In the present embodiment, the partition 533 is formed in a ring shape, and the center of the partition 533 is disposed on the same axis line as the axis center C of the drum body 535. The ring shape is disposed so as to protrude in the radial direction along the outer peripheral surface of the drum body 535.
상기 드럼바디(535)의 축중심(C)과 상기 제 1-1 와이어(511) 또는 제 1-2 와이어(512)는 교차된다. The axis center C of the drum body 535 intersects with the 1-1 wire 511 or the 1-2 wire 512.
상기 파티션(533)은 상기 드럼바디(535)의 외주면을 제 1 구역(531) 및 제 2 구역(532)으로 구획한다. The partition 533 divides the outer circumferential surface of the drum body 535 into a first zone 531 and a second zone 532.
상기 제 1-1 와이어(511)는 상기 제 1 구역(531)에 위치되고, 상기 제 1 구역(531)에서 감기거나 풀린다. 상기 1-2 와이어(512)는 상기 제 2 구역(532)에 위치되고, 상기 제 2 구역(532)에서 감기거나 풀린다. The 1-1 wire 511 is located in the first zone 531 and wound or unwound in the first zone 531. The 1-2 wire 512 is located in the second zone 532 and is wound or unwound in the second zone 532.
상기 파티션(533)은 와이어가 해당 구역 밖으로 넘어가서 감기는 것을 방지한다. The partition 533 prevents the wire from going out of the area and winding.
상기 제 1-1 배리어(534)는 제 1 구역(531)에 감기는 제 1-1 와이어(511)가 드럼바디(535) 밖으로 이탈되는 것을 방지한다. 상기 제 1-2 배리어(536)는 제 2 구역(532)에 감기는 제 1-2 와이어(512)가 드럼바디(535) 밖으로 이탈되는 것을 방지한다. The 1-1 barrier 534 prevents the 1-1 wire 511 wound in the first zone 531 from falling out of the drum body 535. The 1-2 barrier 536 prevents the 1-2 wire 512 wound in the second zone 532 from falling out of the drum body 535.
상기 제 1-1 배리어(534)는 상기 드럼바디(535)의 반경방향 외측으로 돌출되어 배치된다. 상기 제 1-2 배리어(536)는 상기 드럼바디(535)의 반경방향 외측으로 돌출되어 배치된다. The 1-1 barrier 534 is protruded radially outward of the drum body 535. The 1-2 barrier 536 is disposed so as to protrude outward in the radial direction of the drum body 535.
본 실시예에서 상기 제 1-1 배리어(534) 및 제 1-2 배리어(536)는 상기 드럼바디(535)의 외주면을 따라 형성된 링형상으로 형성된다. 상기 제 1-1 배리어(534) 및 제 1-2 배리어(536)의 링형상은 상기 드럼바디(535)의 외주면을 따라 반경방향으로 돌출되어 배치된다. In the present embodiment, the 1-1 barrier 534 and the 1-2 barrier 536 are formed in a ring shape along the outer circumferential surface of the drum body 535. The ring shapes of the 1-1 barrier 534 and the 1-2 barrier 536 are arranged to protrude in the radial direction along the outer circumferential surface of the drum body 535.
상기 제 1-1 와이어(511)의 일단은 상기 제 1 구역(531)에 고정되고, 상기 1-2 와이어(512)의 일단은 상기 제 2 구역(532)에 고정된다. One end of the 1-1 wire 511 is fixed to the first section 531 and one end of the 1-2 wire 512 is fixed to the second section 532.
상기 제 1-1 와이어(511)의 일단은 제 1 구역(531)을 형성하는 드럼바디(535), 파티션(533) 또는 제 1-1 배리어(534) 중 어느 하나에 고정될 수 있다. One end of the 1-1 wire 511 may be fixed to one of the drum body 535, the partition 533, and the 1-1 barrier 534 forming the first section 531.
본 실시예에서 상기 제 1-1 와이어(511)의 일단은 제 1 구역(531)의 상기 드럼바디(535) 외주면에 고정된다. 그리고 본 실시예에서 상기 제 1-2 와이어(512)의 일단은 제 2 구역(532)의 상기 드럼바디(535) 외주면에 고정된다. In this embodiment, one end of the 1-1 wire 511 is fixed to the outer peripheral surface of the drum body 535 of the first section 531. In this embodiment, one end of the first wire 512 is fixed to the outer circumferential surface of the drum body 535 of the second zone 532.
상기 드럼(530)의 회전량을 감지하기 위해 상기 회전량감지장치(600)의 일부 구성이 상기 드럼(530)에 배치될 수 있다. 상기 드럼(530)의 회전량을 감지하기 위해 회전감지인자(601)가 배치된다. 본 실시예에서 상기 회전감지인자(601)는 드럼(530)의 축중심(C)을 기준으로 원주방향에 대해 등간격으로 배치된다. 상기 회전감지인자(601)는 상기 제 1-1 배리어(534) 또는 제 1-2 배리어(536) 중 적어도 어느 하나에 배치될 수 있다. A part of the configuration of the rotation amount sensing device 600 may be disposed on the drum 530 to sense the amount of rotation of the drum 530. [ A rotation sensing factor 601 is arranged to sense the amount of rotation of the drum 530. In the present embodiment, the rotation sensing factors 601 are arranged at regular intervals with respect to the circumferential direction with respect to the axis center C of the drum 530. The rotation sensing factor 601 may be disposed in at least one of the 1-1 barrier 534 and the 1-2 barrier 536.
<드럼모터의 구성><Configuration of Drum Motor>
상기 드럼모터(540)는 모터축(541)이 상기 드럼(530)에 조립된다. 상기 모터축(541)과 드럼(530)의 축중심(C)은 일치된다. 본 실시예에서 상기 드럼모터(540)는 스텝모터가 사용된다. The drum motor 540 is assembled to the drum 530 with a motor shaft 541. The axial center C of the motor shaft 541 and the drum 530 coincide with each other. In this embodiment, the stepping motor is used as the drum motor 540.
본 실시예와 달리 상기 드럼모터(540)의 회전력을 상기 드럼(530)에 제공하기 위해 기어들이 배치될 수 있다. 상기 기어들의 조합을 통해 상기 드럼(530)의 회전량 및 회전속도를 보다 정밀하게 제어할 수 있다. The gears may be arranged to provide the rotational force of the drum motor 540 to the drum 530, unlike the present embodiment. The rotation amount of the drum 530 and the rotation speed of the drum 530 can be controlled more precisely through the combination of the gears.
상기 축중심(C)과 제 1-1 와이어(511) 및 제 1-2 와이어(512)의 배치방향은 교차된다. 본 실시예에서 상기 축중심(C)과 제 1-1 와이어(511) 및 제 1-2 와이어(512)의 배치방향은 직교된다. The arrangement directions of the axis center C, the 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 are crossed. In this embodiment, the axial center C, the 1-1 wire 511, and the 1-2 wire 512 are disposed orthogonal to each other.
그리고 제 1-1 와이어(511)의 일단 및 제 1-2 와이어(512)의 일단은 상기 축중심(C)을 기준으로 대칭된다. One end of the 1-1 wire 511 and one end of the 1-2 wire 512 are symmetrical with respect to the axis center C. [
제 1-1 와이어(511) 및 제 1-2 와이어(512)를 동시에 감거나 풀기 위해, 상기 제 1-1 와이어(511)가 드럼바디(535)의 상측면으로 감기고, 제 1-2 와이어(512)는 드럼바디(535)의 하측면으로 감긴다. The first 1-1 wire 511 is wound on the upper side of the drum body 535 to wind or unwind the first 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 simultaneously, (512) is wound on the lower side of the drum body (535).
<롤러박스의 구성><Configuration of Roller Box>
제 1 유닛(510)의 유닛케이스(590) 내부에는 제 1 롤러박스(550) 및 제 2 롤러박스(560)가 배치된다. 제 2 유닛(520)의 유닛케이스(590) 내부에도 제 1 롤러박스(550) 및 제 2 롤러박스(560)가 배치된다. A first roller box 550 and a second roller box 560 are disposed in the unit case 590 of the first unit 510. The first roller box 550 and the second roller box 560 are disposed in the unit case 590 of the second unit 520. [
제 1 롤러박스(550)는 상기 제 1-1 와이어(511)가 상기 드럼(530)의 제 1 구역(531)에 감기거나 풀릴 때, 제 1-1 와이어(511)를 드럼바디(535)에 순서대로 정렬시킨다. The first roller box 550 is connected to the drum body 535 when the 1-1 wire 511 is wound or unwound in the first section 531 of the drum 530, .
상기 드럼(530)의 외주면에 상기 제 1-1 와이어(511)가 균일한 층을 형성하면서 감기지 않을 경우, 와이어의 두께만큼 상기 제 1-2 와이어(512)와 길이차를 형성하게 된다. If the first 1-1 wire 511 forms a uniform layer on the outer circumferential surface of the drum 530, a difference in length from the first 1-2 wire 512 is formed by the thickness of the wire.
제 1 구역(531)에 감긴 제 1-1 와이어(511)와 제 2 구역(532)에 감긴 제 1-2 과이어(512)가 불균일한 층을 형성할 경우, 흡입그릴(320)이 수평방향에 대해 기울어진다. When the first wire 511 wrapped around the first zone 531 and the first and second wire rods 512 wrapped around the second zone 532 form a nonuniform layer, Lt; / RTI &gt;
상기 제 2 롤러박스(560)는 상기 제 1-2 와이어(512)가 상기 드럼(530)의 제 2 구역(532)에 감기거나 풀릴 때, 제 1-2 와이어(512)를 드럼바디(535)에 순서대로 정렬시킨다. The second roller box 560 is connected to the drum body 535 when the 1-2 wire 512 is wound or unwound in the second section 532 of the drum 530. [ ).
탑뷰로 볼 때, 상기 제 1 롤러박스(550) 및 제 2 롤러박스(560)는 상기 파티션(533) 및 중심충(C)의 교차점을 기준으로 대칭되게 배치된다. The first roller box 550 and the second roller box 560 are disposed symmetrically with respect to the intersection of the partition 533 and the center core C when viewed from the top view.
상기 제 1 롤러박스(550) 및 제 2 롤러박스(560)는 동일한 구성을 갖기 때문에, 상기 제 1 롤러박스(550)를 예로 들어 설명한다. Since the first roller box 550 and the second roller box 560 have the same configuration, the first roller box 550 will be described as an example.
상기 제 1 롤러박스(550)는 상기 유닛케이스(590)에 고정되는 박스(555)와, 상기 박스(555) 내부에 배치되고 상기 1-1 와이어(511)와 접촉되고, 상기 제 1-1 와이어(511)의 이동 시 마찰에 의해 회전되고, 상기 드럼(530)과 가장 멀리 배치되는 제 1 롤러(551)와, 상기 박스(555) 내부에 배치되고 상기 1-1 와이어(511)와 접촉되고, 상기 제 1-1 와이어(511)의 이동 시 마찰에 의해 회전되고, 상기 드럼(530)과 가장 가깝게 배치되는 제 4 롤러(554)와, 상기 박스(555) 내부에 배치되고, 상기 제 1-1 와이어(511)와 접촉되고, 상기 1-1 와이어(511)의 이동 시 마찰에 의해 회전되고, 제 1 롤러(551) 및 제 4 롤러(554) 사이에 배치되고, 상기 1-1 와이어(511)의 장력에 의해 수평방향으로 이동가능하게 배치된 제 2 롤러(552)와, 상기 박스(555) 내부에 배치되고, 상기 제 1-1 와이어(511)와 접촉되고, 상기 1-1 와이어(511)의 이동 시 마찰에 의해 회전되고, 제 2 롤러(552) 및 제 4 롤러(554) 사이에 배치되고, 상기 1-1 와이어(511)의 장력에 의해 수평방향으로 이동가능하게 배치된 제 3 롤러(553)를 포함한다. The first roller box 550 includes a box 555 fixed to the unit case 590 and a second roller box 550 disposed inside the box 555 and in contact with the 1-1 wire 511, A first roller 551 that is rotated by friction when the wire 511 moves and is disposed farthest from the drum 530 and a second roller 553 disposed inside the box 555 and in contact with the 1-1 wire 511 A fourth roller 554 which is rotated by friction when the first wire 1-15 is moved and is disposed closest to the drum 530 and a fourth roller 554 disposed inside the box 555, 1-1 wire 511 and is rotated by friction upon movement of the 1-1 wire 511 and disposed between the first roller 551 and the fourth roller 554, A second roller 552 disposed movably in the horizontal direction by the tension of the wire 511 and a second roller 552 disposed inside the box 555 and being in contact with the 1-1 wire 511, One Is disposed between the second roller 552 and the fourth roller 554 and is arranged so as to be movable in the horizontal direction by the tension of the 1-1 wire 511 And a third roller 553.
상기 드럼(530)에 대하여 가장 먼 위치에 제 1 롤러(551)가 배치되고, 그 다음 먼 위치에 제 2 롤러(552)가 배치되고, 그 다음 먼 위치에 제 3 롤러(553)가 배치되고, 제 4 롤러(554)는 드럼과 가장 가깝게 위치된다. A first roller 551 is disposed at a position farthest from the drum 530, a second roller 552 is disposed at a position farther from the drum 530, a third roller 553 is disposed at a position farther from the drum 530 , The fourth roller 554 is positioned closest to the drum.
상기 제 1 롤러(551), 제 2 롤러(552), 제 3 롤러(553) 및 제 4 롤러(554)는 각각의 롤러축(551a)(552a)(553a)(554a)에 조립되고, 각 롤러축(551a)(552a)(553a)(554a)을 중심으로 회전될 수 있다. 상기 각 롤러축(551a)(552a)(553a)(554a)은 수평방향으로 배치된다. The first roller 551, the second roller 552, the third roller 553 and the fourth roller 554 are assembled to respective roller shafts 551a, 552a, 553a and 554a, And can be rotated around the roller shafts 551a, 552a, 553a, and 554a. The roller shafts 551a, 552a, 553a, and 554a are arranged in a horizontal direction.
상기 제 1 롤러(551), 제 2 롤러(552), 제 3 롤러(553) 및 제 4 롤러(554) 중 적어도 어느 하나는 고정된 상태에서 회전되고, 나머지는 롤러축을 따라 이동되면서 회전될 수 있다.At least one of the first roller 551, the second roller 552, the third roller 553 and the fourth roller 554 may be rotated in a fixed state while the other may be rotated while being moved along the roller axis have.
본 실시예에서 상기 제 1 롤러(551)는 롤러축을 따라 이동되지 않는 고정롤러이다. 본 실시예에서 상기 제 1 롤러(551)는 롤러축(551a)에 조립된 상태에서, 상기 롤러축(551a)을 중심으로 제자리 회전된다. In this embodiment, the first roller 551 is a fixed roller that is not moved along the roller axis. In the present embodiment, the first roller 551 is rotated around the roller shaft 551a in a state where the first roller 551 is assembled to the roller shaft 551a.
상기 제 2 롤러(552), 제 3 롤러(553) 및 제 4 롤러(554)는 각 롤러축을 따라 수평방향으로 이동가능한 이동롤러이다. 본 실시예에서 상기 제 2 롤러(552), 제 3 롤러(553) 및 제 4 롤러(554)는 각 롤러축(552a)(553a)(554a)에 조립된 상태에서 회전가능하다. 그리고 상기 제 2 롤러(552), 제 3 롤러(553) 및 제 4 롤러(554)에 힘이 가해질 경우(예를 들어 와이어의 장력), 각 롤러축(552a)(553a)(554a)을 따라 이동될 수 있다. 각 롤러(552)(553)(554)는 서로 상대이동될 수 있다. The second roller 552, the third roller 553, and the fourth roller 554 are movable rollers that are movable in the horizontal direction along the respective roller axes. In this embodiment, the second roller 552, the third roller 553 and the fourth roller 554 are rotatable in a state where they are assembled to the roller shafts 552a, 553a, and 554a. When a force is applied to the second roller 552, the third roller 553 and the fourth roller 554 (for example, the tension of the wire), the roller shaft 552a, 553a, and 554a Can be moved. The rollers 552, 553 and 554 can be moved relative to each other.
상기 제 2 롤러(552), 제 3 롤러(553) 및 제 4 롤러(554)의 상대이동에 의해 상기 1-1 와이어(511)가 상기 드럼(530)에 일렬로 정렬된다. The 1-1 wire 511 is aligned in line with the drum 530 by the relative movement of the second roller 552, the third roller 553 and the fourth roller 554.
상기 제 1 롤러(551)와 소정거리 이격되어 와이어가드(551b)가 배치된다. 상기 와이어가드(551b) 및 제 1 롤러(551) 사이에 제 1-1 와이어(511)가 배치된다. 상기 와이어가드(551b)는 상기 롤러에 감겨진 와이어가 롤러에서 이탈되는 것을 방지한다. A wire guard 551b is disposed at a predetermined distance from the first roller 551. A 1-1 wire 511 is disposed between the wire guard 551b and the first roller 551. The wire guard 551b prevents the wire wound on the roller from being separated from the roller.
상기 제 2 롤러(552), 제 3 롤러(553) 및 제 4 롤러(554)에도 각각 와이어가드(552b)(553b)(554b)가 배치된다. The wire guards 552b, 553b and 554b are also disposed on the second roller 552, the third roller 553 and the fourth roller 554, respectively.
가장 바깥쪽에 위치된 제 1 롤러(551)는 축방향을 이동을 배제하고, 이를 통해 와이어의 축방향 이동을 방지한다. 바깥쪽에 위치된 제 1 롤러(551)가 롤러축(551a)을 따라 이동될 경우, 흡입그릴(320)의 높낮이에 편차가 발생될 수 있고, 흡입그릴(320)이 흔들릴수 있다. The outermost first roller 551 excludes axial movement, thereby preventing axial movement of the wire. When the first roller 551 positioned outside is moved along the roller shaft 551a, the height of the suction grille 320 may be varied, and the suction grille 320 may be shaken.
와이어가 감기거나 풀릴 때, 상기 제 1 롤러(551)는 박스(555)에서 제자리 회전되고, 상기 제 2 롤러(552), 제 3 롤러(553) 및 제 4 롤러(554)는 각 롤러축을 따라 이동될 수 있다. The first roller 551 is rotated in place in the box 555 and the second roller 552, the third roller 553 and the fourth roller 554 are rotated along the respective roller axes Can be moved.
상기 제 1 롤러(551), 제 2 롤러(552), 제 3 롤러(553) 및 제 4 롤러(554)는 상하 방향으로 지그재그 형태로 배열된다. The first roller 551, the second roller 552, the third roller 553 and the fourth roller 554 are arranged in a zigzag fashion in the vertical direction.
제 1 롤러(551)를 기준으로, 제 2 롤러(552)는 제 1 롤러(551) 보다 상측에 배치되고, 제 3 롤러(553)는 제 1 롤러(551)보다 하측에 배치된다. 제 4 롤러(554)는 제 1 롤러(551) 및 제 2 롤러(552) 보다 상측에 배치되고, 제 3 롤러(553)보다 하측에 위치된다. The second roller 552 is disposed on the upper side of the first roller 551 and the third roller 553 is disposed on the lower side of the first roller 551 on the basis of the first roller 551. [ The fourth roller 554 is disposed above the first roller 551 and the second roller 552 and below the third roller 553.
특히, 제 2 롤러축(552a)이 가장 높게 위치되고, 제 3 롤러축(553a)이 가장 낮게 위치되며, 제 1 롤러축(551a)이 제 3 롤러축(553a) 보다 높게 위치되고, 제 4 롤러축(554a)이 제 1 롤러축(551)보다 높게 위치된다. Particularly, the second roller shaft 552a is positioned at the highest position, the third roller shaft 553a is positioned at the lowest position, the first roller shaft 551a is positioned higher than the third roller shaft 553a, The roller shaft 554a is positioned higher than the first roller shaft 551. [
4 롤러축(554a)은 중심축(C)보다 상측에 위치되고, 드럼바디(535)를 연결하는 와이어는 상측을 향해 경사지게 배치된다. 4 롤러축(554a) 및 중심축(C)의 상대적 배치를 통해 와이어에 장력을 형성시킬 수 있다. The four roller shafts 554a are positioned above the center axis C and the wires connecting the drum body 535 are arranged inclined upward. Tension can be formed on the wire through the relative arrangement of the four roller shafts 554a and the center axis C. [
그리고 롤러박스(550)의 좌우 폭을 줄이기 위해, 상기 제 1 롤러(551), 제 2 롤러(552), 제 3 롤러(553) 및 제 4 롤러(554)는 상하 방향으로 겹치게 위치된다. The first roller 551, the second roller 552, the third roller 553 and the fourth roller 554 are overlapped in the vertical direction to reduce the width of the right and left sides of the roller box 550.
즉, 제 2 롤러(552)의 직경보다 제 1 롤러(551) 및 제 3 롤러(553) 사이의 간격이 더 작게 형성된다. 더불어 제 3 롤러(553)의 직경보다 제 2 롤러(552) 및 제 4 롤러(554) 사이의 간격이 더 작게 형성된다. That is, the gap between the first roller 551 and the third roller 553 is formed to be smaller than the diameter of the second roller 552. In addition, the gap between the second roller 552 and the fourth roller 554 is smaller than the diameter of the third roller 553.
본 실시예에서 제 1-1 와이어(511)는 제 1 롤러(551)의 하측 외주면을 감싸고, 제 4 롤러(554)의 상측 외주면을 감싸게된다. In this embodiment, the 1-1 wire 511 surrounds the lower outer circumferential surface of the first roller 551 and covers the upper outer circumferential surface of the fourth roller 554.
한편, 상기 제 2 롤러박스(560)는 상기 유닛케이스(590)에 고정되는 박스(565)와, 상기 박스(565) 내부에 배치되고 상기 1-2 와이어(512)와 접촉되고, 상기 제 1-2 와이어(512)의 이동 시 마찰에 의해 회전되는 제 1 롤러(561) 및 제 4 롤러(564)와, 상기 박스(565) 내부에 배치되고, 상기 제 1-2 와이어(512)와 접촉되고, 상기 1-2 와이어(512)의 이동 시 마찰에 의해 회전되고, 상기 1-2 와이어(512)의 장력에 의해 축방향으로 상대이동가능한 제 2 롤러(562) 및 제 3 롤러(563)를 포함한다. The second roller box 560 includes a box 565 fixed to the unit case 590 and a second roller box 560 disposed inside the box 565 and in contact with the 1-2 wire 512, A first roller 561 and a fourth roller 564 which are rotated by friction upon movement of the second wire 512 and a fourth roller 564 which are disposed inside the box 565, A second roller 562 and a third roller 563 which are rotated by friction when the 1-2 wire 512 is moved and are relatively movable in the axial direction by the tension of the 1-2 wire 512, .
상기 제 1 롤러(561), 제 2 롤러(562), 제 3 롤러(563) 및 제 4 롤러(564)는 각각의 롤러축(561a)(562a)(563a)(564a)에 조립되고, 각 롤러축(561a)(562a)(563a)(564a)을 중심으로 회전될 수 있다.The first roller 561, the second roller 562, the third roller 563 and the fourth roller 564 are assembled to the respective roller shafts 561a, 562a, 563a, 564a, And can be rotated about the roller shafts 561a, 562a, 563a, and 564a.
상기 제 2 롤러박스(560)는 상기 제 1 롤러(561), 제 2 롤러(562), 제 3 롤러(563) 및 제 4 롤러(564)와 소정간격 이격되는 각각의 와이어가드(561b)(562b)(563b)(564b)가 배치된다. The second roller box 560 includes a wire guard 561b (see FIG. 5) spaced apart from the first roller 561, the second roller 562, the third roller 563 and the fourth roller 564 562b, 563b, and 564b are disposed.
상기 제 1 롤러박스(550) 및 제 2 롤러박스(560)는 상기 드럼(530)을 기준으로 좌우 대칭되게 배치된다. 특히 상기 축중심(C)을 기준으로 상기 제 1 롤러박스(550) 및 제 2 롤러박스(560)는 좌우 대칭되게 배치된다.The first roller box 550 and the second roller box 560 are disposed symmetrically with respect to the drum 530. Particularly, the first roller box 550 and the second roller box 560 are arranged symmetrically with respect to the axis center C, respectively.
상기 축중심(C)을 기준으로 가장 먼쪽에 제 1 롤러(551)(561)가 배치되고, 가장 가까운 쪽에 제 4 롤러(554)(564)가 배치된다. The first roller 551 and the second roller 551 are disposed on the furthest side with respect to the shaft center C and the fourth rollers 554 and 564 are disposed on the closest side.
본 실시예에서 제 1-1 와이어(511)의 일단 및 제 1-2 와이어(512)의 일단은 상기 드럼(530)의 축중심을 기준으로 반대편에 위치된다. 상기 드럼(530)의 회전에 의해 제 1-1 와이어(511) 및 제 1-2 와이어(512)은 동일한 방향으로 상기 드럼바디(535)에 감기거나 풀린다. In this embodiment, one end of the 1-1 wire 511 and one end of the 1-2 wire 512 are positioned on the opposite sides with respect to the axis center of the drum 530. The 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 are wound or unwound on the drum body 535 in the same direction by the rotation of the drum 530.
상기 유닛케이스(590)는 박스형태로 형성되고, 측면에 제 1 홀(591), 제 2 홀(592)이 형성된다. The unit case 590 is formed in a box shape, and a first hole 591 and a second hole 592 are formed on a side surface thereof.
제 1 홀(591)은 유닛케이스(590)의 일측면에 배치되고, 제 2 홀(592)은 유닛케이스(590)의 타측면에 배치된다. 예를 들어, 제 1 홀(591)이 유닛케이스(590)의 좌측면에 형성되는 경우, 제 2 홀(592)은 유닛케이스(590)의 우측면에 형성된다. The first hole 591 is disposed on one side of the unit case 590 and the second hole 592 is disposed on the other side of the unit case 590. For example, when the first hole 591 is formed on the left side of the unit case 590, the second hole 592 is formed on the right side of the unit case 590.
제 1-1 와이어(511) 및 제 1-2 와이어(512)는 유닛케이스(590)를 수평방향으로 관통한다. The 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 penetrate the unit case 590 in the horizontal direction.
<와이어가이더의 구성><Configuration of wire guider>
상기 프론트바디(310)에는 엘리베이터(500)에 의해 와이어가 감기거나 풀릴 때, 와이어를 지지하는 와이어가이더(700)가 배치된다. 와이어가이더(700)는 4개가 배치되고, 각 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)에 대응된다. A wire guider 700 for supporting the wire is disposed on the front body 310 when the wire is wound or unwound by the elevator 500. Four wire guiders 700 are arranged and correspond to the respective wires 511, 512, 521, and 522.
제 1 와이어(511)에 대응되는 와이어가이더를 제 1 와이어가이더(701)로 정의하고, 제 2 와이어(512)에 대응되는 와이어가이더를 제 2 와이어가이더(702)로 정의하고, 제 3 와이어(513)에 대응되는 와이어가이더를 제 3 와이어가이더(703)로 정의하고, 제 4 와이어(514)에 대응되는 와이어가이더를 제 4 와이어가이더(704)로 정의한다. The wire guider corresponding to the first wire 511 is defined as the first wire guider 701 and the wire guider corresponding to the second wire 512 is defined as the second wire guider 702, The wire guider corresponding to the fourth wire 514 is defined as the third wire guider 703 and the wire guider corresponding to the fourth wire 514 is defined as the fourth wire guider 704. [
제 1 와이어가이더(701) 및 제 2 와이어가이더(702)는 서로 마주보게 배치된다. 제 3 와이어가이더(703) 및 제 4 와이어가이더(704)는 서로 마주보게 배치된다. The first wire guider 701 and the second wire guider 702 are disposed opposite to each other. The third wire guider 703 and the fourth wire guider 704 are disposed facing each other.
제 1 와이어가이더(701), 제 2 와이어가이더(702), 제 3 와이어가이더(703) 및 제 4 와이어가이더(704)는 모두 같은 높이에 위치된다. The first wire guider 701, the second wire guider 702, the third wire guider 703, and the fourth wire guider 704 are all located at the same height.
탑뷰 또는 바텀뷰로 볼 때, 제 1 와이어가이더(701) 및 제 2 와이어가이더(702)는 제 1 유닛의 모터축(541) 방향을 기준으로 대칭된다. 탑뷰 또는 바텀뷰로 볼 때, 제 3 와이어가이더(703) 및 제 4 와이어가이더(704)는 제 2 유닛의 모터축(541) 방향을 기준으로 대칭된다. The first wire guider 701 and the second wire guider 702 are symmetrical with respect to the direction of the motor shaft 541 of the first unit. The third wire guider 703 and the fourth wire guider 704 are symmetrical with respect to the direction of the motor shaft 541 of the second unit when viewed from the top view or the bottom view.
제 1 와이어가이더(701) 및 제 2 와이어가이더(702)의 배치방향과 제 3 와이어가이더(703) 및 제 4 와이어가이더(704)의 배치방향은 평행하다. The arrangement directions of the first wire guider 701 and the second wire guider 702 and the arrangement directions of the third wire guider 703 and the fourth wire guider 704 are parallel.
본 실시예에서 제 1 와이어가이더(701)는 제 1 코너커버(316-1) 측에 위치되고, 제 2 와이어가이더(702)는 제 2 코너커버(316-2) 측에 위치되고, 제 3 와이어가이더(703)는 제 3 코너커버(316-3) 측에 위치되고, 제 4 와이어가이더(704)는 제 4 코너커버(316-4) 측에 위치된다. In this embodiment, the first wire guider 701 is positioned on the first corner cover 316-1 side, the second wire guider 702 is positioned on the second corner cover 316-2 side, The wire guider 703 is positioned on the side of the third corner cover 316-3 and the fourth wire guider 704 is positioned on the side of the fourth corner cover 316-4.
본 실시예에서 와이어가이더(700)는 프론트바디(310)에 배치된다. 상기 와이어가이더(700)는 프론트바디(310)에서 엘리베이터(500) 측으로 돌출된다. 각 와이어가이더(700)는 프론트바디(310)의 내측면(310a)에 배치된다. 와이어가이더(700)는 롤러박스(550) 및 프론트바디(310) 사이에 위치된다. 와이어가이더(700)는 프론트바디(310)에서 롤러박스(550)를 향해 수평방향으로 돌출된다. In this embodiment, the wire guider 700 is disposed on the front body 310. The wire guider 700 protrudes from the front body 310 toward the elevator 500 side. Each wire guider 700 is disposed on the inner surface 310a of the front body 310. [ The wire guider 700 is positioned between the roller box 550 and the front body 310. The wire guider 700 protrudes in the horizontal direction from the front body 310 toward the roller box 550.
와이어가이더(700)는 흡입그릴(320)보다 상측에 위치되고, 벨마우스(142)보다 하측에 위치된다. The wire guider 700 is positioned above the suction grill 320 and below the bell mouth 142. [
상기 와이어가이더(700)는, 프론트바디(310)의 내측면(310a)에 배치되고, 롤러박스(550)를 향해 돌출된 고정블럭(710)과, 상기 고정블럭(710)과 조립되는 조립블럭(720)과, 상기 조립블럭(720)에 배치되고, 상기 조립블럭(720)에서 회전가능하고, 와이어를 지지하는 가이더(750)를 포함한다. The wire guider 700 includes a fixed block 710 disposed on an inner surface 310a of the front body 310 and protruding toward the roller box 550 and an assembling block 710 assembled with the fixed block 710. [ And a guider 750 disposed in the assembly block 720 and rotatable in the assembly block 720 and supporting the wire.
본 실시예에서 와이어가이더(700)는 고정블럭(710) 및 조립블럭(720)으로 구성되지만, 본 실시예와 달리 하나로 일체화된 블럭으로 구성되어도 무방하다. 하나로 구성된 블럭은 프론트바디(310)와 일체로 제작되거나 별도로 제작된 후 프론트바디(310)에 조립될 수 있다. 다만, 블록이 하나로 제작되고, 프론트바디(310)와 일체되는 경우, 본 실시예와 같은 조립블럭의 형상으로 사출성형을 통해 제작하기는 어렵다. In this embodiment, the wire guider 700 includes the fixed block 710 and the assembly block 720. However, the wire guider 700 may be formed as a single integrated block unlike the present embodiment. The one block may be integrally formed with the front body 310 or may be separately manufactured and then assembled to the front body 310. However, in the case where the blocks are integrally formed with the front body 310, it is difficult to manufacture the blocks by injection molding in the shape of an assembly block as in the present embodiment.
<가이더의 구성><Configuration of guider>
상기 가이더(750)는 와이어를 지지하고, 와이어를 지지한다. 가이더(750)는 와이어가 감기거나 풀릴 때, 상기 와이어와 함께 회전될 수 있다. The guider 750 supports the wire and supports the wire. The guider 750 may be rotated with the wire when the wire is wound or unwound.
상기 가이더(750)는 상기 와이어를 수납하고, 상기 와이어의 이동을 돕는 구조를 제공한다. 상기 가이더(750)는 다양한 형태로 형성될 수 있지만, 본 실시예에서는 디스크형상으로 형성된다. The guider 750 accommodates the wire and provides a structure for facilitating movement of the wire. The guider 750 may be formed in various shapes, but in the present embodiment, it is formed in a disc shape.
상기 가이더(750)는 수평방향으로 회전중심이 형성된 가이더바디(752)와, 상기 가이더바디(752)의 외측면에 배치되고, 상기 회전중심을 향해 오목하게 형성되고, 상기 와이어가 삽입되어 지지되는 와이어홈(754)와, 상기 가이더바디(752)의 회전중심을 관통하고, 상기 조립블럭(720)에 회전가능하게 조립되는 가이더축(755)을 포함한다.The guider 750 includes a guider body 752 having a center of rotation in the horizontal direction and a guider body 752 disposed on the outer surface of the guider body 752 and recessed toward the center of rotation, And a guider shaft 755 passing through the rotation center of the guider body 752 and rotatably assembled to the assembly block 720. [
본 실시예에서 상기 가이더바디(752)는 디스크형태로 형성되고, 상하방향으로 세워져 배치된다. 상기 가이더바디(752)는 수직방향으로 회전되고, 회전중심은 수평방향으로 형성된다. 측면에서 볼 때, 가이더바디(752)의 외측면(752a)은 원형으로 형성된다. In this embodiment, the guider body 752 is formed in the form of a disk, and is disposed standing up and down. The guider body 752 is rotated in the vertical direction, and the center of rotation is formed in the horizontal direction. The outer surface 752a of the guider body 752 is formed in a circular shape.
상기 가이더홈(754)은 가이더바디(752)의 외측면에서 상기 회전중심을 향해 오목하게 형성된다. 상기 가이더홈(754)은 상기 가이더바디(752)의 외측면을 따라 링형태로 형성된다. The guider groove 754 is recessed from the outer surface of the guider body 752 toward the center of rotation. The guider groove 754 is formed in a ring shape along the outer surface of the guider body 752.
와이어는 상기 가이더홈(754)에 삽입되고, 마찰에 의해 상기 가이더바디(752)와 마찰력을 형성시킬 수 있다. 상기 와이어 및 가이더바디(752)의 마찰에 의해 상기 가이더바디(752)가 회전될 수 있다. The wire is inserted into the guider groove 754 and can form a frictional force with the guider body 752 by friction. The guider body 752 can be rotated by friction between the wire and the guider body 752.
상기 가이더바디(752)의 회전중심에는 상기 가이더축(755)가 관통되는 가이더축홀(753)이 형성된다. 가이더축홀(753)의 형성방향 및 가이더홈(754)의 형성방향은 교차된다. A guider shaft hole 753 through which the guider shaft 755 passes is formed at the rotational center of the guider body 752. The forming direction of the guider hole 753 and the forming direction of the guider groove 754 are intersected.
본 실시예에서 상기 가이더축(755) 및 가이더바디(752)는 각각 제작된 후 조립된다. 본 실시예와 달리 상기 가이더축(755) 및 가이더바디(752)은 일체로 제작될 수 있다. In this embodiment, the guider shaft 755 and the guider body 752 are manufactured and assembled. Unlike the present embodiment, the guider shaft 755 and the guider body 752 can be integrally manufactured.
<고정블럭의 구성><Constitution of Fixed Block>
본 실시예에서 고정블럭(710)은 2개로 구성된다. 본 실시예와 달리 고정블럭(710)은 1개로 제작될 수 있다. 본 실시예에서 고정블럭(710)은 프론트바디(310)와 일체로 제작된다. 본 실시예와 달리 고정블럭(710)은 별도로 제작된 후 프론트바디(310)에 조립될 수 있다. In this embodiment, the fixed block 710 is composed of two blocks. Unlike the present embodiment, the fixed block 710 can be manufactured in one. In this embodiment, the fixed block 710 is fabricated integrally with the front body 310. Unlike the present embodiment, the fixed block 710 may be manufactured separately and then assembled to the front body 310. [
고정블럭(710)은 제 1 고정블럭(711) 및 제 2 고정블럭(712)으로 구성된다. The fixed block 710 includes a first fixed block 711 and a second fixed block 712.
제 1 고정블럭(711) 및 제 2 고정블럭(712)은 수평방향으로 배치되고, 좌우 대칭된다. 제 1 고정블럭(711) 및 제 2 고정블럭(712)는 서로 이격되어 삽입간격(713)을 형성시키고, 상기 삽입간격(713)에 가이더(750)가 위치된다. The first fixed block 711 and the second fixed block 712 are arranged in the horizontal direction and are symmetrically left and right. The first fixed block 711 and the second fixed block 712 are spaced from each other to form an insertion gap 713 and the guider 750 is positioned at the insertion gap 713.
상기 가이더(750)에 가해지는 하중은 제 1 고정블럭(711) 및 제 2 고정블럭(712)을 통해 지지된다. 제 1 고정블럭(711) 및 제 2 고정블럭(712)은 동일한 형태이기 때문에 제 1 고정블럭(711)을 예로 들어 설명한다.The load applied to the guider 750 is supported through the first fixed block 711 and the second fixed block 712. Since the first fixed block 711 and the second fixed block 712 have the same shape, the first fixed block 711 will be described as an example.
제 1 고정블럭(711)은 고정블럭바디(730)와, 상기 고정블럭바디(730)을 상하 방향으로 관통하는 체결홀(735)와, 상기 고정블럭바디(730)를 구성하고, 상기 엘리베이터(500) 측으로 돌출되고, 상기 조립블럭(720)에 삽입되고, 상기 조립블럭(720)과 상하 방향으로 상호 걸림을 형성하는 제 1 삽입부(731)와, 상기 고정블럭바디(730)를 구성하고, 상기 엘리베이터(500) 측으로 돌출되고, 상기 조립블럭(720)에 삽입되고, 상기 조립블럭(720)과 상하 방향으로 상호 걸림을 형성하는 제 2 삽입부(732)를 포함한다. The first fixed block 711 includes a fixed block body 730, a coupling hole 735 penetrating the fixed block body 730 in the vertical direction, and the fixed block body 730, A first inserting portion 731 protruding toward the side of the fixing block body 730 and inserted into the erection block 720 and forming an engagement with the erection block 720 in the vertical direction, And a second inserting portion 732 protruding toward the elevator 500 and inserted into the assembling block 720 and forming an interlock with the assembling block 720 in the vertical direction.
제 1 삽입부(731) 및 제 2 삽입부(732)는 일체로 형성된다. 제 1 삽입부(731) 및 제 2 삽입부(732)의 상측면은 연속된 평면을 형성한다. 제 1 삽입부(731) 및 제 2 삽입부(732)의 하측면도 연속된 평면을 형성한다. 즉, 제 1 고정블럭(711)의 상측면(711a) 및 하측면(711b)은 평면으로 형성되고, 서로 평행하며, 수평방향으로 배치된다. The first insertion portion 731 and the second insertion portion 732 are integrally formed. The upper surfaces of the first insertion portion 731 and the second insertion portion 732 form a continuous plane. The lower sides of the first insertion portion 731 and the second insertion portion 732 also form a continuous plane. That is, the upper surface 711a and the lower surface 711b of the first fixed block 711 are formed in a plane, parallel to each other, and arranged in a horizontal direction.
제 1 삽입부(731)는 삽입간격(713)과 가깝게 배치되고, 제 2 삽입부(732)는 삽입간격(713)과 가깝게 배치된다. The first insertion portion 731 is disposed close to the insertion gap 713 and the second insertion portion 732 is disposed close to the insertion gap 713. [
제 1 삽입부(731) 및 제 2 삽입부(732)는 수평방향으로 돌출되고, 서로 다른 돌출길이를 형성한다. 제 1 삽입부(731)는 제 2 삽입부(732)보다 엘리베이터(500) 측으로 더 돌출된다. 즉, 상기 제 1 삽입부(731)의 돌출길이가 제 2 삽입부(732)의 돌출길이보가 길게 형성된다. The first insertion portion 731 and the second insertion portion 732 protrude in the horizontal direction and form different protrusion lengths. The first insertion portion 731 is further projected toward the elevator 500 side than the second insertion portion 732. [ That is, the protrusion length of the first insertion portion 731 is formed to be longer than the protrusion length of the second insertion portion 732.
본 실시예에서 제 1 삽입부(731)의 부피가 제 2 삽입부(732)보다 크기 때문에, 상기 체결홀(735)은 제 1 삽입부(731)에 형성된다. Since the volume of the first insertion portion 731 is larger than that of the second insertion portion 732 in the present embodiment, the coupling hole 735 is formed in the first insertion portion 731.
제 1 삽입부(731)에서 상기 조립블럭(720) 측으로 돌출된 면은 곡면(731a)으로 형성된다. 상기 곡면(731a)은 제 1 삽입부(731) 및 제 2 삽입부(732)의 배치 방향으로 형성된다. The surface protruding from the first insertion portion 731 toward the assembly block 720 is formed as a curved surface 731a. The curved surface 731a is formed in the arrangement direction of the first insertion portion 731 and the second insertion portion 732. [
제 1 고정블럭(711)에서 삽입간격(713)을 형성하는 내측면(711c)과, 상기 삽입간격(713)과 멀리 떨어진 외측면(711d)은 서로 평행하게 형성된다. 상기 내측면(711c) 및 외측면(711d)은 상측면(711a)과 직교된다. The inner side surface 711c forming the insertion gap 713 in the first fixed block 711 and the outer side surface 711d remote from the insertion gap 713 are formed parallel to each other. The inner surface 711c and the outer surface 711d are orthogonal to the upper surface 711a.
제 1 고정블럭(711) 및 제 2 고정블럭(712)의 각 상측면(711a)(712a)은 동일 평면 상에 배치되고, 각 하측면(711b)(712b)도 동일 평면상에 배치된다.The upper surfaces 711a and 712a of the first fixed block 711 and the second fixed block 712 are disposed on the same plane and the lower surfaces 711b and 712b are also disposed on the same plane.
제 1 고정블럭(711) 및 제 2 고정블럭(712)의 각 내측면(711c)(712c) 사이에 상기 삽입간격(713)이 형성된다. 제 1 고정블럭(711) 및 제 2 고정블럭(712)의 각 내측면(711c)(712c)은 상하 방향에 대하여 서로 평행하게 배치된다. 제 1 고정블럭(711) 및 제 2 고정블럭(712)의 각 외측면(711d)(712d)은 상하 방향에 대하여 서로 평행하게 배치된다. The insertion gap 713 is formed between the inner side surfaces 711c and 712c of the first fixed block 711 and the second fixed block 712. [ The inner surfaces 711c and 712c of the first fixed block 711 and the second fixed block 712 are arranged parallel to each other with respect to the vertical direction. The outer side surfaces 711d and 712d of the first fixed block 711 and the second fixed block 712 are arranged parallel to each other with respect to the vertical direction.
제 1 고정블럭(711) 및 제 2 고정블럭(712)의 각 체결홀(735)은 상하 방향에 대하여 서로 평행하다. The fastening holes 735 of the first fixed block 711 and the second fixed block 712 are parallel to each other with respect to the vertical direction.
제 1 고정블럭(711) 및 프론트바디(310)의 내측면(310a) 사이에는 공간(739)이 형성된다. 제 2 고정블럭(712) 및 프론트바디(310)의 내측면(310a) 사이에도 공간(739)이 형성된다. 상기 각 공간(739)은 상하방향으로 형성되고, 제 1 고정블럭(711) 및 제 2 고정블럭(712)을 관통한다. 상기 공간을 통해 상기 고정블럭의 강도를 향상시킬 수 있다. 상기 공간(739)을 통해 고정블럭의 생성과정에서 발생할 수 있는 변형을 억제할 수 있다. A space 739 is formed between the first fixed block 711 and the inner surface 310a of the front body 310. [ A space 739 is also formed between the second fixed block 712 and the inner surface 310a of the front body 310. The spaces 739 are formed in the vertical direction and pass through the first fixed block 711 and the second fixed block 712. The strength of the fixed block can be improved through the space. It is possible to suppress the deformation that may occur in the process of generating the fixed block through the space 739.
상기 공간(739)으로 인해 상기 제 1 삽입부(731) 및 내측면(310a)을 연결하는 제 1 삽입부레그(736)가 형성된다. 상기 공간(739)으로 인해 상기 제 2 삽입부(732) 및 내측면(310a)을 연결하는 제 2 삽입부레그(737)가 형성된다. The first insertion porgram 736 connecting the first insertion portion 731 and the inner side surface 310a is formed by the space 739. [ The second insertion bore 737 connecting the second insertion portion 732 and the inner side surface 310a is formed by the space 739. [
<조립블럭의 구성><Configuration of Assembly Block>
상기 조립블럭(720)은 고정블럭(710)의 외측면을 감싸는 구조이다. 조립블럭(720)의 내부로 고정블럭(710)이 삽입된다. 고정블럭(710) 및 조립블럭(720)은 수평방향으로 조립되고, 고정블럭(710) 및 조립블럭(720)은 상하 방향으로 상호 걸림을 형성한다. The assembly block 720 is configured to surround the outer surface of the fixed block 710. The fixing block 710 is inserted into the assembly block 720. The fixed block 710 and the assembling block 720 are assembled in the horizontal direction, and the fixed block 710 and the assembling block 720 form mutual engagement in the vertical direction.
상기 조립블럭(720)은, 상기 가이더(750)가 회전가능하게 조립되고, 일측에 제 1 블럭개구면(721a) 및 제 2 블럭개구면(722a) 형성된 조립블럭바디(740)와, 상기 조립블럭바디(740) 내부에 형성되고, 상기 제 1 블럭개구면(721a) 내측으로 오목하게 형성되고, 상기 제 1 고정블럭(711)이 삽입되는 제 1 삽입공간(721)과, 상기 조립블럭바디(740) 내부에 형성되고, 상기 제 2 블럭개구면(721a) 내측으로 오목하게 형성되고, 상기 제 2 고정블럭(712)이 삽입되는 제 2 삽입공간(722)과, 상기 조립블럭바디(740) 외부에 형성되고, 상기 제 1 삽입공간(721) 및 제 2 삽입공간(722) 사이에 위치되고, 상기 가이더(750)가 삽입되는 가이더설치공간(742)과, 상기 조립블럭바디(740) 외부에 형성되고, 상기 가이더(750)의 회전축을 지지하는 가이더축홈(744)(746)과, 상기 조립블럭바디(740)의 내측 및 외측을 관통하여 형성되고, 체결부재가 삽입되는 체결홀(745)을 포함한다. The assembly block 720 includes an assembly block body 740 in which the guider 750 is rotatably assembled and has a first block opening surface 721a and a second block opening surface 722a formed on one side thereof, A first insertion space 721 formed inside the block body 740 and recessed inside the first block opening surface 721a and into which the first fixed block 711 is inserted, A second insertion space 722 which is formed inside the second block opening surface 740 and is recessed inside the second block opening surface 721a and into which the second fixing block 712 is inserted, A guider installation space 742 formed outside the first insertion space 721 and the second insertion space 722 and into which the guider 750 is inserted, A guider shaft groove 744 which is formed on the outside and supports the rotation shaft of the guider 750 and an inner side and an outer side of the assembly block body 740 It formed therethrough, and includes a coupling hole 745 which is a fastening member is inserted.
본 실시예에서 제 1 고정블럭(711)은 제 1 삽입공간(721a)에 삽입되고, 제 2 고정블럭(712)는 제 2 삽입공간(722a)에 삽입된다. 제 1 삽입공간(721a) 및 제 2 삽입공간(722a)은 프론트바디(310)의 내측면(310a)을 향해 개구되고, 엘리베이터(500)를 향해 돌출된다. In this embodiment, the first fixed block 711 is inserted into the first insertion space 721a, and the second fixed block 712 is inserted into the second insertion space 722a. The first insertion space 721a and the second insertion space 722a are opened toward the inner side surface 310a of the front body 310 and project toward the elevator 500. [
본 실시예와 달리 제 1 삽입공간(721a) 및 제 2 삽입공간(722a) 대시 하나의 삽입공간이 형성될 수 있다. 하나의 삽입공간이 형성될 경우, 제 1 고정블럭 및 제 2 고정블럭이 하나의 삽입공간 내에 삽입되고, 이로 인해 유격이 발생될 수 있다. The first insertion space 721a and the second insertion space 722a may be formed with one insertion space, unlike the present embodiment. When one insertion space is formed, the first fixing block and the second fixing block are inserted into one insertion space, so that a clearance can be generated.
와이어가이더(700)는 와이어를 지지하기 위한 구조물이기 때문에, 유격이나 흔들림을 최소화할 필요가 있다. 와이어를 지지할 때, 가이더(750)가 흔들리면, 작동소음이 발생될 뿐만 아니라 와이어에 의해 지지되는 흡입그릴(320)에는 더 큰 흔들림이 발생된다. Since the wire guider 700 is a structure for supporting the wire, it is necessary to minimize the play and the swing. When the guider 750 is shaken when supporting the wire, not only the operating noise is generated but also a larger shake is generated in the suction grille 320 supported by the wire.
제 1 삽입공간(721a) 및 제 2 삽입공간(722a)은 수평방향으로 형성된다. 조립블럭바디(740)는 한쪽면만 개구되고, 나머지 면은 폐쇄된다. The first insertion space 721a and the second insertion space 722a are formed in the horizontal direction. The assembly block body 740 has only one side open and the other side closed.
조립블럭바디(740)의 외측면에 가이더설치공간(742) 및 가이드축홈(744)(746)이 형성된다. A guider mounting space 742 and guide shaft grooves 744 and 746 are formed on the outer surface of the assembly block body 740.
가이더설치공간(742)은 수평방향으로 형성되고, 상하 두께보다 전후 폭이 좁게 형성된다. 가이더설치공간(742)은 제 1 가이더설치벽(742a), 제 2 가이더설치벽(742b) 및 제 3 가이더설치벽(742c)에 의해 형성된다. The guider installation space 742 is formed in the horizontal direction, and the front and rear width thereof is narrower than the vertical thickness. The guider installation space 742 is formed by the first guider installation wall 742a, the second guider installation wall 742b, and the third guider installation wall 742c.
제 1 가이더설치벽(742a) 및 제 3 가이더설치벽(742c)은 서로 마주보게 배치되고, 제 2 가이더설치벽(742b)은 제 1 가이더설치벽(742a) 및 제 3 가이더설치벽(742c)을 연결한다. 제 2 가이더설치벽(742b)은 제 1 가이더설치벽(742a) 및 제 3 가이더설치벽(742c)과 교차되고, 본 실시예에서는 직교한다. The first guider mounting wall 742a and the third guider mounting wall 742c are opposed to each other and the second guider mounting wall 742b is arranged to face the first guider mounting wall 742a and the third guider mounting wall 742c. Lt; / RTI &gt; The second guider mounting wall 742b intersects with the first guider mounting wall 742a and the third guider mounting wall 742c and is orthogonal in this embodiment.
제 1 가이더설치벽(742a) 및 제 3 가이더설치벽(742c)은 서로 평행하게 형성되고, 제 1 가이더설치벽(742a) 및 제 3 가이더설치벽(742c) 사이에 상기 가이더(750)가 삽입된다. 상기 제 1 가이더설치벽(742a) 및 제 3 가이더설치벽(742c) 사이의 간격은 상기 가이더(750)의 두께보다 길게 형성된다. The first guider mounting wall 742a and the third guider mounting wall 742c are formed parallel to each other and the guider 750 is inserted between the first guider mounting wall 742a and the third guider mounting wall 742c do. The gap between the first guider mounting wall 742a and the third guider mounting wall 742c is longer than the thickness of the guider 750. [
제 1 가이더설치벽(742a) 및 제 3 가이더설치벽(742c) 사이의 간격은 제 1 고정블럭(711) 및 제 2 고정블럭(712) 사이의 삽입간격(713) 보다 좁게 형성된다. The gap between the first guider mounting wall 742a and the third guider mounting wall 742c is formed narrower than the insertion gap 713 between the first fixing block 711 and the second fixing block 712. [
가이더설치공간(742)의 상하 길이는 가이더(750)의 직경보다 작게 형성되고, 가이더(750)는 가이더설치공간(742)의 상측 및 하측으로 돌출된다. The upper and lower lengths of the guider installation space 742 are formed to be smaller than the diameter of the guider 750 and the guider 750 protrudes upward and downward of the guider installation space 742.
제 1 가이더설치벽(742a) 및 제 3 가이더설치벽(742c)은 상하 방향으로 평평하게 형성되지만, 제 2 가이더설치벽(742b)은 그렇지 않다. The first guider mounting wall 742a and the third guider mounting wall 742c are formed flat in the vertical direction, but the second guider mounting wall 742b is not.
제 2 가이더설치벽(742b)의 상측은 상기 가이더(750) 측으로 돌출될 수 있다. 본 실시예에서 제 2 가이더설치벽(742b)의 상측은 상기 가이더(750) 측으로 완만하게 돌출된 분리방지돌출부(743)가 형성된다. The upper side of the second guider mounting wall 742b may protrude toward the guider 750 side. In the present embodiment, the upper side of the second guider mounting wall 742b is formed with the detachment preventing protrusion 743 which gently protrudes toward the guider 750 side.
상기 제 2 가이더설치벽(742b) 및 가이더바디(752) 사이의 간격은 상기 와이어의 직경보다 작게 형성되고, 이를 통해 상기 와이어가 상기 제 2 가이더설치벽(742b) 및 가이더바디(752) 사이로 이탈되는 것을 방지할 수 있다. The distance between the second guider mounting wall 742b and the guider body 752 is smaller than the diameter of the wire so that the wire is separated from the second guider mounting wall 742b and the guider body 752 Can be prevented.
분리방지돌출부(743)는 가이더바디(752)가 조립블럭(720)에서 의도치 않게 분리되는 것을 방지하기 위한 구성이다. 구분하여 지칭할 필요가 있을 때, 상기 분리방지돌출부(743)를 제 1 분리방지돌출부로 정의한다. The detachment protrusion 743 is a structure for preventing the guider body 752 from being inadvertently detached from the assembly block 720. The separation preventing projection 743 is defined as the first separation preventing projection.
제 1 분리방지돌출부(743)는 제 2 가이더설치벽(742b)에서 가이더(750) 측으로 돌출된다. 제 1 분리방지돌출부(743)는 소정의 곡률을 형성하고, 가이더(750)의 외측면(752a)과 소정간격 이격된다. The first detachment prevention protrusion 743 protrudes from the second guider mounting wall 742b toward the guider 750 side. The first separation preventing protrusion 743 forms a predetermined curvature and is separated from the outer surface 752a of the guider 750 by a predetermined distance.
본 실시예에서 조립블럭에 형성된 제 1 분리방지돌출부(743)가 가이더(750)의 외측면을 감싸도록 형성되기 때문에, 와이어가 가이더바디(752) 및 조립블럭(720) 사이로 이탈되는 것을 방지할 수 있다. Since the first detachment protrusion 743 formed on the assembly block covers the outer surface of the guider 750 in the present embodiment, it is possible to prevent the wire from being separated from between the guider body 752 and the assembly block 720 .
제 1 분리방지돌출부(743) 및 가이더(750)의 외측면(752a)과의 간격은 와이어의 직경보다 작게 형성되고, 이를 통해 와이어가 와이어홈(754)이 이탈되어 가이더(750) 밖으로 분리되는 것을 차단할 수 있다. 가이더홈(754)에 설치된 와이어는 제 2 가이더설치벽(742b) 및 와이어홈(754) 사이에 위치된다. The gap between the first separation preventing protrusion 743 and the outer side surface 752a of the guider 750 is formed to be smaller than the diameter of the wire so that the wire is separated from the guider 750 by detaching the wire groove 754 You can block things. The wire provided in the guider groove 754 is positioned between the second guider mounting wall 742b and the wire groove 754. [
제 1 분리방지돌출부(743)의 적어도 일부는 가이더축(755)의 회전중심에 곡률중심이 배치될 수 있다. 제 1 분리방지돌출부(743)는 가이더축(755)의 회전중심보다 상측에 위치된다.At least a portion of the first detachment protrusion 743 may be centered at the center of rotation of the guider shaft 755 at the center of rotation. The first detachment prevention protrusion 743 is positioned above the rotational center of the guider shaft 755.
가이더축(755)이 가이드축홈(744)(746)에 삽입될 때, 상기 가이더바디(752)의 외측면(752a)은 제 1 분리방지돌출부(743)과 간섭될 수 있다. 가이더축(755)이 가이드축홈(744)(746)에 삽입될 때, 가이더바디(752)는 분리방지돌출부(743)과 억지끼움 형태로 조립된다. 가이더축(755)이 조립된 후에는 가이더바디(752)의 외측면(752a)과 분리방지돌출부(743)는 소정간격 이격된 상태를 유지한다. The outer surface 752a of the guider body 752 may interfere with the first detachment protrusion 743 when the guider shaft 755 is inserted into the guide shaft grooves 744 and 746. [ When the guider shaft 755 is inserted into the guide shaft grooves 744 and 746, the guider body 752 is assembled with the detachable protrusions 743 in a detent-fitting manner. After the guider shaft 755 is assembled, the outer surface 752a of the guider body 752 and the detachment protrusion 743 are spaced apart from each other by a predetermined distance.
이와 같은 구조를 통해 작업자가 가이더(750)를 의도적으로 분리하지 않을 경우, 가이더축(755)은 분리방지돌출부(743)에 걸려 분리되지 않는다. When the operator does not intentionally separate the guider 750 through such a structure, the guider shaft 755 is caught by the detachment protrusion 743 and is not separated.
한편, 가이드축홈(744)(746)은 가이더설치공간(742)의 양쪽에 각각 배치된다. 제 1 가이드축홈(744)은 제 1 가이더설치벽(742a) 측에 배치되고, 제 2 가이드축홈(746)은 제 3 가이더설치벽(742c) 측에 배치된다. On the other hand, the guide shaft grooves 744 and 746 are disposed on both sides of the guider installation space 742, respectively. The first guide shaft 744 is disposed on the side of the first guider mounting wall 742a and the second guide shaft 746 is disposed on the side of the third guider mounting wall 742c.
제 1 가이드축홈(744) 및 제 2 가이드축홈(746)의 형성방향은 가이더설치공간(742)의 형성방향과 직교된다. 제 1 가이드축홈(744) 및 제 2 가이드축홈(746)은 가이더설치공간(742)에 대해 대칭이다. The direction in which the first guide shaft 744 and the second guide shaft 746 are formed is orthogonal to the forming direction of the guider mounting space 742. The first guide shaft groove 744 and the second guide shaft groove 746 are symmetrical with respect to the guider installation space 742.
제 1 가이드축홈(744) 및 제 2 가이드축홈(746)은 조립블럭바디(740)의 상측면에서 하측으로 오목하게 형성된다. The first guide shaft 744 and the second guide shaft 746 are recessed downward from the upper surface of the assembly block body 740.
제 2 가이드축홈(746)의 형태를 제 1 가이드축홈(744)와 대칭되기 때문에, 제 1 가이드축홈(744)을 예로 들어 설명한다. Since the shape of the second guide shaft groove 746 is symmetrical with the first guide shaft groove 744, the first guide shaft groove 744 will be described as an example.
가이드축홈(744)(746)은 제 1 축벽(744a), 제 2 축벽(744b) 및 제 3 축벽(744c)을 포함한다. Guide shaft 744, 746 includes a first axial wall 744a, a second axial wall 744b, and a third axial wall 744c.
제 1 축벽(744a) 및 제 3 축벽(744c)은 서로 평행하게 형성된다. 제 1 축벽(744a) 및 제 3 축벽(744c) 사이에 상기 가이더(750)의 가이더축(755)이 삽입된다. 제 1 축벽(744a) 및 제 3 축벽(744c)의 간격은 상기 가이더축(755)의 직경보다 넓게 형성된다. 상기 가이더축(755)은 상기 제 1 축벽(744a) 및 제 3 축벽(744c) 사이에서 회전될 수 있다. The first axial wall 744a and the third axial wall 744c are formed parallel to each other. A guider shaft 755 of the guider 750 is inserted between the first axial wall 744a and the third axial wall 744c. The gap between the first axial wall 744a and the third axial wall 744c is formed wider than the diameter of the guider shaft 755. [ The guider shaft 755 may be rotated between the first axial wall 744a and the third axial wall 744c.
상기 가이드축(755)의 분리방지를 위한 분리방지돌출부(747)가 배치된다. 가이드축(755)이 가이드축홈(744)(746)에서 분리되는 것을 방지하기 위한 구성을 제 2 분리방지돌출부로 정의한다. Preventing protrusion 747 for preventing separation of the guide shaft 755 is disposed. A structure for preventing the guide shaft 755 from separating from the guide shaft grooves 744 and 746 is defined as a second detachment protrusion.
본 실시예에서 제 2 분리방지돌출부(747)는 2개소에 배치된다. 제 2 분리방지돌출부(747)는 제 1 축벽(744a)에서 제 3 축벽(744c)을 향해 돌출된 제 2-1 분리방지돌출부(747a)와, 제 3 축벽(744c)에서 제 1 축벽(744a)을 향해 돌출된 제 2-2 분리방지돌출부(747c)를 포함한다. In this embodiment, the second detachment prevention protrusions 747 are disposed at two places. The second separation preventing protrusion 747 includes a second-1 separation preventing protrusion 747a protruding from the first axial wall 744a toward the third axial wall 744c and a second separation preventing protrusion 747b extending from the third axial wall 744c to the first axial wall 744a And a second 2-2 separation preventing projection 747c projecting toward the rear side.
본 실시예와 달리 제 2-1 분리방지돌출부(747a) 또는 제 2-2 분리방지돌출부(747c) 중 어느 하나만 배치되어도 무방하다. Unlike the present embodiment, only one of the second-first separation preventing projection 747a and the second-second separation preventing projection 747c may be disposed.
제 2-1 분리방지돌출부(747a) 또는 제 2-2 분리방지돌출부(747c) 사이의 간격은 가이더축(755)의 직경보다 작게 형성된다. 제 2-1 분리방지돌출부(747a) 및 제 2-2 분리방지돌출부(747c)는 가이더축(755)의 회전중심보다 상측에 위치된다. The gap between the second-first detachment protrusion 747a and the second-second detachment protrusion 747c is formed to be smaller than the diameter of the guider shaft 755. The second-first detachment protrusion 747a and the second-second detachment protrusion 747c are positioned above the rotational center of the guider shaft 755.
제 2-1 분리방지돌출부(747a) 및 제 2-2 분리방지돌출부(747c)는 가이더축(755)의 외측 일부를 감싸는 형태이다. 제 2-1 분리방지돌출부(747a) 및 제 2-2 분리방지돌출부(747c)의 배치방향은 가이더축(755)의 길이방향과 교차된다. The second-first detachment protrusion 747a and the second-second detachment protrusion 747c surround the outer portion of the guider shaft 755. The arrangement direction of the second-first separation preventing projection 747a and the second-second separation preventing projection 747c intersects with the longitudinal direction of the guider shaft 755. [
제 1 분리방지돌출부(743) 및 제 2 분리방지돌출부(747)는 가이더가 조립블럭(720)에서 분리되는 것을 방지할 뿐만 아니라, 가이더(750)의 상하이동을 억제한다. The first detachment protrusion 743 and the second detachment protrusion 747 prevent the guider from being separated from the assembly block 720 and also prevent the guider 750 from moving up and down.
엘리베이터(500)의 작동 중, 제 1 분리방지돌출부(743) 및 제 2 분리방지돌출부(747)는 상기 가이더(750)의 흔들림 및 움직임을 제한하고, 이를 통해 가이더(750)의 회전과정에서 발생되는 작동소음을 최소화할 수 있다. The first detachment protrusion 743 and the second detachment protrusion 747 restrict the swinging and movement of the guider 750 and cause the detachment of the guider 750 during rotation of the guider 750 Thereby minimizing operating noise.
제 1 분리방지돌출부(743) 및 제 2 분리방지돌출부(747)가 상기 가이더(750)의 흔들림 및 움직임을 제한하기 때문에, 엘리베이터(500)의 작동과정에서의 흡입그릴(320)의 흔들림도 최소화할 수 있다. Since the first separation preventing protrusion 743 and the second separation preventing protrusion 747 restrict the shaking and movement of the guider 750, the shaking of the suction grille 320 during the operation of the elevator 500 is also minimized can do.
본 실시예에서 와이어는 가이더(750)을 상측을 감싸고, 하측으로 방향전환된다. 그래서 상기 와이어에는 흡입그릴(320)의 하중이 로드되기 때문에, 상기 가이더(750)는 하측으로 눌려진다. 즉, 설치상태 또는 작동 중에 가이더(750)는 하측으로 눌려지기 때문에, 작업자의 의도적인 조작이 없을 경우, 가이더는 가이더설치공간(742) 및 가이더축홈(744)(746)에서 이탈되지 않는다. In this embodiment, the wire surrounds the upper side of the guider 750 and is turned downward. Therefore, since the load of the suction grille 320 is loaded on the wire, the guider 750 is pushed downward. That is, since the guider 750 is pushed downward during the installation state or operation, when the operator does not intentionally operate the guider, the guider does not separate from the guider installation space 742 and the guider shaft 744 (746).
본 실시예에서는 가이더를 용이하게 설치하고자 고정블럭 및 조립블럭으로 구분하여 제작한다. 본 실시예와 달리 상기 고정블럭에 가이더의 설치구조를 형성시키고, 상기 가이더를 설치하여도 무방하다. 예를 들어 고정블럭에 가이더설치공간 및 가이더축홈을 형성시킬수 있다. In this embodiment, the guider is divided into a fixed block and an assembled block for easy installation. The guiding structure may be formed in the fixed block and the guider may be provided, unlike the present embodiment. For example, the guider mounting space and the guider shaft groove can be formed in the fixed block.
다만, 고정블럭에 가이더설치공간 및 가이더축홈을 형성시킬 경우, 사출금형의 구조가 복잡하고, 제작에 어려움이 있다. However, when the guider mounting space and the guider shaft groove are formed in the fixed block, the structure of the injection mold is complicated and it is difficult to manufacture.
<와이어고정부의 배치>&Lt; Arrangement of wire fixing part >
상기 와이어는 가이더(750)를 감싸며 하측으로 방향전환되고, 흡입그릴(320)에 고정된다.The wire is turned downward around the guider 750, and is fixed to the suction grill 320.
와이어의 일단은 엘리베이터(500)의 드럼바디(535)에 고정되고, 타단은 흡입그릴(320)의 상측면에 고정된다. One end of the wire is fixed to the drum body 535 of the elevator 500, and the other end is fixed to the upper side of the suction grille 320.
상기 흡입그릴(320)에는 상기 와이어의 타단이 고정되는 와이어고정부(329)가 형성된다. 와이어고정부(329)는 흡입그릴(320)의 그릴바디(322)에 배치된다. 특히, 와이어고정부(329)는 그릴바디(322) 중에서 그릴홀(321)이 형성되지 않는 그릴바디부(324)에 배치되고, 상측으로 돌출된다. The suction grill 320 is formed with a wire fixing part 329 to which the other end of the wire is fixed. The wire fixing portion 329 is disposed in the grill body 322 of the suction grille 320. [ Particularly, the wire fixing portion 329 is disposed on the grill body portion 324 where the grill hole 321 is not formed in the grill body 322, and protrudes upward.
제 1 와이어가이더(701) 하측에 배치된 와이어고정부를 제 1 와이어고정부로 정의하고, 제 2 와이어가이더(702) 하측에 배치된 와이어고정부를 제 2 와이어고정부로 정의하고, 제 3 와이어가이더(703) 하측에 배치된 와이어고정부를 제 3 와이어고정부로 정의하고, 제 4 와이어가이더(701) 하측에 배치된 와이어고정부를 제 4 와이어고정부로 정의한다. A wire fixing portion disposed below the first wire guider 701 is defined as a first wire fixing portion and a wire fixing portion disposed below the second wire guider 702 is defined as a second wire fixing portion, A wire fixing portion disposed below the wire guider 703 is defined as a third wire fixing portion and a wire fixing portion disposed below the fourth wire guider 701 is defined as a fourth wire fixing portion.
상기 와이어는 가이더(750)를 통해 수직방향 하측으로 연장되고, 와이어고정부(329)에 고정된다. 상기 가이더(750)는 그릴바디부(324) 상측에 위치된다. The wire extends vertically downward through the guider 750 and is fixed to the wire fixing portion 329. The guider 750 is positioned above the grill body portion 324.
본 실시예에 따른 와이어가이더(700)는 흡입그릴(320) 상측에 위치되고, 흡입그릴(320)에 의해 가려진다. 특히 와이어가이더(700)는 그릴바디부(324) 상측에 위치되기 때문에, 사용자에게 노출되지 않는다. The wire guider 700 according to the present embodiment is positioned above the suction grill 320 and is covered by the suction grill 320. [ In particular, since the wire guider 700 is positioned above the grill body portion 324, the wire guider 700 is not exposed to the user.
와이어가이더(700)는 베인모듈(200) 보다 더 흡입구(101) 측에 가깝게 위치된다. 상기 베인모듈(200)은 프론트바디(310)에서 분리가능한 구조이고, 상기 베인모듈(200)의 분리과정에서 와이어와의 간섭을 방지한다. The wire guider 700 is positioned closer to the suction port 101 side than the vane module 200. [ The vane module 200 is detachable from the front body 310 and prevents interference with wires during the separation of the vane module 200.
즉, 베인모듈(200)은 4개의 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522) 보다 바깥쪽에 위치되고, 작업자는 4개의 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)가 설치된 상태에서 베인모듈(200)을 분리할 수 있다. That is, the vane module 200 is positioned outside the four wires 511, 512, 521, and 522, and the worker can move the four wires 511, 512, 521, and 522 The vane module 200 can be separated.
또한, 엘리베이터(500)를 수리하거나 교체할 경우, 작업자는 흡입그릴(320)을 하강시킨 상태에서 베인모듈(200)과 무관하게 4개의 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)를 분리할 수 있다. When repairing or replacing the elevator 500, the operator removes the four wires 511, 512, 521, and 522 independently of the vane module 200 while the suction grille 320 is lowered can do.
<회전량감지장치의 구성><Configuration of the rotation amount detecting device>
상기 회전감지장치(600)는 상기 드럼(530)의 회전량을 감지하기 위한 것이다. 상기 회전감지장치(600)는 상기 드럼(530)의 회전횟수보다 정밀한 회전량을 감지해야한다. The rotation sensing device 600 senses the amount of rotation of the drum 530. The rotation sensing device 600 should sense a rotation amount more precisely than the rotation number of the drum 530. [
본 실시예에서는 제 1 유닛(510)의 제 1-1 와이어(511) 및 제 1-2 와이어(512)와, 제 2 유닛(520)의 제 2-1 와이어(521) 및 제 2-2 와이어(522)를 동시에 감거나 풀어야 하기 때문에, 상기 드럼(530)의 회전량을 정밀하기 감지해야한다.In this embodiment, the 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 of the first unit 510 and the 2-1 wire 521 and the 2-2 wire of the second unit 520, Since the wire 522 must be wound or unwound simultaneously, the amount of rotation of the drum 530 must be sensed precisely.
제 1 유닛(510) 및 제 2 유닛(520)의 회전감지장치(600)는 동일한 구성이기 때문에, 제 1 유닛(510)에 배치된 회전감지장치(600)를 예로 들어 설명한다. Since the first unit 510 and the rotation sensing device 600 of the second unit 520 have the same configuration, the rotation sensing device 600 disposed in the first unit 510 will be described as an example.
상기 회전감지장치(600)는 상기 드럼(530)에 배치되고, 상기 드럼(530)의 회전 시 함께 회전되는 회전감지인자(601)와, 상기 회전감지인자(601)와 이격되어 배치되고, 상기 회전감지인자(601)의 회전량을 감지하는 센서(602)와, 상기 센서(602)가 배치된 인쇄회로기판(603)을 포함한다.The rotation sensing device 600 includes a rotation sensing factor 601 disposed on the drum 530 and rotated together with the rotation of the drum 530 and a rotation sensing factor 601 disposed apart from the rotation sensing factor 601, A sensor 602 for sensing the amount of rotation of the rotation sensing factor 601 and a printed circuit board 603 on which the sensor 602 is disposed.
상기 회전감지인자(601)는 상기 드럼(530)이 회전될 때, 함께 회전되는 위치에 배치된다. 상기 회전감지인자(601)는 상기 제 1-1 배리어(534) 또는 제 1-2 배리어(536) 중 적어도 어느 하나에 배치될 수 있다. The rotation sensing factor 601 is disposed at a position where the rotation sensing factor 601 is rotated together when the drum 530 is rotated. The rotation sensing factor 601 may be disposed in at least one of the 1-1 barrier 534 and the 1-2 barrier 536.
본 실시예에서 상기 회전감지인자(601)는 복수개가 배치되고, 복수개의 회전감지인자(601)는 상기 드럼(530)의 축중심(C)을 기준으로 원주방향에 대해 등간격으로 배치된다. In this embodiment, a plurality of the rotation sensing factors 601 are arranged and the plurality of rotation sensing factors 601 are arranged at equal intervals in the circumferential direction with respect to the axis center C of the drum 530.
본 실시예에서 상기 회전감지인자(601)는 제 1-1 배리어(534)에 배치된다.In the present embodiment, the rotation sensing factor 601 is disposed in the 1-1 barrier 534.
본 실시예에서 상기 회전감지인자(601)는 톱니 형상이다. 상기 회전감지인자(601)는 상기 드럼(530)의 축중심(C)을 기준으로 반경방향 외측으로 돌출되어 배치된다. In the present embodiment, the rotation sensing factor 601 has a sawtooth shape. The rotation sensing factor 601 is arranged radially outwardly with respect to the axis C of the drum 530.
상기 센서(602)는 상기 회전감지인자(601)를 감지한다. 본 실시예에서 상기 센서(602)는 적외선센서 또는 포토센서가 사용될 수 있다. 상기 센서(602)는 상기 드럼(530)의 회전 시, 상기 회전감지인자(601)에 의해 발생되는 신호를 감지한다, 예를 들어 상기 센서(602)는 적외선을 발생시키고, 발생된 적외선을 수광한다. 상기 센서(602)는 상기 드럼(530)의 회전 시, 상기 회전감지인자(601)에 의해 차단되는 적외선의 변화를 통해 제어부는 상기 드럼(530)의 회전각, 회전횟수, 회전속도를 판단할 수 있다. The sensor 602 senses the rotation sensing factor 601. In the present embodiment, the sensor 602 may be an infrared sensor or a photo sensor. The sensor 602 senses a signal generated by the rotation sensing factor 601 when the drum 530 rotates. For example, the sensor 602 generates infrared rays and receives the generated infrared rays. do. When the drum 530 is rotated, the sensor 602 determines the rotation angle, the number of rotations, and the rotation speed of the drum 530 through the change of the infrared ray blocked by the rotation detection factor 601 .
상기 회전감지인자(601)를 효과적으로 감지하기 위해 상기 인쇄회로기판(603)에서 센서설치부(604)가 돌출되어 배치된다.The sensor mounting portion 604 is protruded from the printed circuit board 603 to effectively sense the rotation sensing factor 601.
상기 인쇄회로기판(603)은 축중심(C)과 평행하게 배치된다. 상기 인쇄회로기판(603)은 상기 드럼모터(540), 유닛케이스(590) 또는 롤러박스 중 어느 하나에 설치된다. The printed circuit board 603 is disposed parallel to the axis C of the printed circuit board. The printed circuit board 603 is installed in any one of the drum motor 540, the unit case 590, and the roller box.
본 실시예에서 상기 인쇄회로기판(603)은 드럼모터(540)에 설치되고, 상기 드럼모터(540)의 모터축과 평행하게 배치된다.In this embodiment, the printed circuit board 603 is installed in the drum motor 540 and is disposed in parallel with the motor shaft of the drum motor 540.
상기 센서설치부(604)는 상기 인쇄회로기판(603)에서 드럼(530)을 향해 돌출되어 배치된다. 본 실시예에서 상시 센서설치부(604)는 인쇄회로기판(603)과 직교되어 배치된다. The sensor mounting portion 604 protrudes from the printed circuit board 603 toward the drum 530. In the present embodiment, the constant sensor mounting portion 604 is disposed orthogonally to the printed circuit board 603.
상기 센서설치부(604)에는 상기 센서(602)가 설치된다. 센서(602)는 적외선 신호를 발생시키는 발광부 및 상기 발광부에서 발생된 적외선신호를 수광하는 수광부를 포함한다. 상기 센서(602)의 작동매커니즘은 당업자에게 일반적인 기술이기 때문에 상세한 설명을 생략한다. The sensor mounting portion 604 is provided with the sensor 602. The sensor 602 includes a light emitting unit for generating an infrared signal and a light receiving unit for receiving the infrared signal generated by the light emitting unit. Since the operation mechanism of the sensor 602 is a general technique to those skilled in the art, a detailed description will be omitted.
다만, 상기 회전감지인자(601)를 효과적으로 인식하기 위한 상기 센서설치부(604) 및 인쇄회로기판(603)의 구조는 특징이 있다. However, the structure of the sensor mounting portion 604 and the printed circuit board 603 for effectively recognizing the rotation sensing factor 601 is characteristic.
상기 센서설치부(604)는 탑뷰로 볼 때, "ㄷ"자 형태로 형성된다.The sensor mounting portion 604 is formed in a " C "shape when viewed from the top view.
상기 센서설치부(604)는 상기 회전감지인자(601)가 통과될 수 있도록 슬롯(605)가 형성된다. 상기 드럼(530)의 회전 시, 상기 회전감지인자(601)는 상기 슬롯(605)을 통과하고, 상기 센서(602)는 상기 슬롯(605)을 통과하는 회전감지인자(601)를 감지한다. The sensor mounting portion 604 is formed with a slot 605 through which the rotation sensing factor 601 can pass. Upon rotation of the drum 530, the rotation sensing factor 601 passes through the slot 605 and the sensor 602 senses a rotation sensing factor 601 passing through the slot 605.
상기 슬롯(605)은 드럼(530)의 축중심과 직교된다. 상기 슬롯(605)은 상기 회전감지인자(601)의 회전 평면상에 위치된다. The slot 605 is perpendicular to the axial center of the drum 530. The slot 605 is located on the rotation plane of the rotation sensing factor 601.
본 실시예에서 상기 회전감지인자(601)는 상기 제 1-1 배리어(534)에 배치되기 때문에, 상기 슬롯(605)과 상기 제 1-1 배리어(534)는 적어도 일부가 동일편면 상에 위치된다. In this embodiment, since the rotation sensing factor 601 is disposed in the first-first barrier 534, the slot 605 and the first-first barrier 534 are positioned at least partially on the same side do.
상기 슬롯(605)은 제 1-2 배리어(536) 및 파티션(533)과 평행하게 배치된다. The slot 605 is disposed in parallel with the 1-2 barrier 536 and the partition 533.
상기 센서설치부(604)는 단순히 센서(602)만 설치되는 구조물일 수 있다. 이와 달리 상기 센서설치부(604)는 상기 센서(602)에 전원을 제공할 수 있는 인쇄회로기판으로 구성될 수 있다. 그래서 상기 인쇄회로기판(603)과 상기 센서설치부(604)는 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. The sensor installation part 604 may be a structure in which only the sensor 602 is installed. Alternatively, the sensor mounting portion 604 may include a printed circuit board capable of supplying power to the sensor 602. Therefore, the printed circuit board 603 and the sensor mounting portion 604 can be electrically connected.
본 실시예와 달리 상기 회전감지인자로 영구자석을 사용하고, 상기 센서는 영구자석을 감지하는 홀센서가 사용될 수 있다. 회전감지인자로 영구자석을 사용할 경우, 상기 제 1-1 배리어(534)의 가장자리를 따라 원주방향으로 복수개의 영구사적을 배치할 수 있다. A permanent magnet may be used as the rotation sensing factor, and the sensor may be a hall sensor for sensing a permanent magnet. When a permanent magnet is used as the rotation sensing factor, a plurality of permanent posts may be arranged in the circumferential direction along the edge of the 1-1 barrier 534.
본 실시예와 달리 상기 회전감지인자(601)는 제 1-2 배리어(536) 또는 파티션(533)에 배치되어도 무방하다. The rotation sensing factor 601 may be disposed in the 1-2 barrier 536 or in the partition 533, unlike the present embodiment.
상기 제 2 유닛(520)은 상기 제 1 유닛(510)과 동일하게 구성되기 때문에 상세한 설명을 생략한다. The second unit 520 is constructed in the same manner as the first unit 510, and thus a detailed description thereof will be omitted.
<베인모듈 및 흡입그릴의 배치>&Lt; Arrangement of vane module and suction grill >
상기 흡입그릴(320)이 하강되면, 4개의 베인모듈(200) 및 엘리베이터(500)가 노출된다. 상기 각 와이어가 상측으로 당겨진 상태를 유지하기 때문에, 상기 흡입그릴(320)은 프론트바디(310)에 밀착된 상태를 유지한다. When the suction grill 320 is lowered, the four vane modules 200 and the elevator 500 are exposed. The suction grille 320 maintains a state in which the suction grill 320 is in close contact with the front body 310 because the wires are kept pulled upward.
상기 흡입그릴(320)이 하측으로 이동되면, 상기 흡입그릴(320)의해 가려져 있던 4개의 베인모듈(200) 및 엘리베이터(500)가 노출된다.When the suction grille 320 is moved downward, the four vane modules 200 and the elevator 500, which were hidden by the suction grille 320, are exposed.
상기 흡입그릴(320)이 프론트바디(310)에 밀착된 상태에서는, 상기 베인모듈(200)의 베인(210)만 노출된다. When the suction grille 320 is in close contact with the front body 310, only the vane 210 of the vane module 200 is exposed.
그리고 상기 흡입그릴(320)을 구성하는 상기 그릴코너부(327) 상측에 각 와이어가이더가 위치된다. Each of the wire guiders is positioned above the grill corner portion 327 constituting the suction grill 320.
상기 흡입그릴(320)은, 다수개의 그릴홀(321)에 의해 상기 흡입구(101)와 연통되고, 사각형 형상으로 형성된 그릴바디(322)와, 상기 그릴바디(322)의 각 모서리에서 대각선방향으로 연장되어 형성된 제 1 그릴코너부(327-1), 제 2 그릴코너부(327-2), 제 3 그릴코너부(327-3), 제 4 그릴코너부(327-4)를 포함한다. The suction grill 320 includes a grill body 322 communicating with the suction port 101 by a plurality of grill holes 321 and formed in a rectangular shape and a grill body 322 extending in a diagonal direction from the corners of the grill body 322 A first grill corner portion 327-1, a second grill corner portion 327-2, a third grill corner portion 327-3, and a fourth grill corner portion 327-4.
상기 베인모듈(200)은, 상기 흡입그릴(320)의 각 가장자리 외측에 배치되고, 상기 제 1 그릴코너부(327-1) 및 제 2 그릴코너부(327-2) 사이에 배치된 제 1 베인모듈(201)과, 상기 흡입그릴(320)의 각 가장자리 외측에 배치되고, 상기 제 2 그릴코너부(327-2) 및 제 3 그릴코너부(327-3) 사이에 배치된 제 2 베인모듈(202)과, 상기 흡입그릴(320)의 각 가장자리 외측에 위치되고, 상기 제 3 그릴코너부(327-3) 및 제 4 그릴코너부(327-4) 사이에 배치된 제 3 베인모듈(203) 및 상기 흡입그릴(320)의 각 가장자리 외측에 배치되고, 상기 제 4 그릴코너부(327-4) 및 제 1 그릴코너부(327-1) 사이에 배치된 제 4 베인모듈(204)을 포함한다. The vane module 200 is disposed outside each edge of the suction grill 320 and includes a first grill corner portion 327-1 and a first grill corner portion 327-2 disposed between the first grill corner portion 327-1 and the second grill corner portion 327-2. And a second vane disposed between the second grille corner portion 327-2 and the third grille corner portion 327-3 and disposed on an outer side of each edge of the suction grille 320, And a third vane module positioned between each of the third and fourth grill corner portions 327-3 and 327-4 and positioned outside the respective edges of the suction grill 320. The third vane module 327 includes a module 202, And a fourth vane module (204) disposed between the fourth grill corner portion (327-4) and the first grill corner portion (327-1) and disposed outside each edge of the suction grill (203) ).
12시 방향에 배치된 베인모듈(200)을 제 1 베인모듈(201)로 정의하고, 3시 방향에 배치된 베인모듈(200)을 제 2 베인모듈(202)로 정의하고, 6시 방향에 배치된 베인모듈(200)을 제 3 베인모듈(203)로 정의하고, 9시 방향에 배치된 베인모듈(200)을 제 4 베인모듈(204)로 정의한다. The vane module 200 arranged at the 12 o'clock direction is defined as the first vane module 201 and the vane module 200 arranged at the 3 o'clock direction is defined as the second vane module 202, The arranged vane module 200 is defined as a third vane module 203 and the vane module 200 arranged at a 9 o'clock position is defined as a fourth vane module 204. [
상기 제 1 베인모듈(201), 제 2 베인모듈(202), 제 3 베인모듈(203) 및 제 4 베인모듈(204)은 프론트패널(300)의 중심(C)을 기준으로 90도 간격으로 배치된다. The first vane module 201, the second vane module 202, the third vane module 203 and the fourth vane module 204 are spaced at 90 degrees from the center C of the front panel 300 .
상기 제 1 베인모듈(201) 및 제 3 베인모듈(203)은 평행하게 배치되고, 상기 제 2 베인모듈(202) 및 제 4 베인모듈(204)은 평행하게 배치된다. The first vane module 201 and the third vane module 203 are disposed in parallel and the second vane module 202 and the fourth vane module 204 are disposed in parallel.
상기 프론트바디(310)에는 4개의 사이드커버(314)가 배치된다. 설명의 편의를 위해, 상기 제 1 베인모듈(201) 외측에 배치된 사이드커버(314)를 제 1 사이드커버(314-1)로 정의하고, 상기 제 2 베인모듈(202) 외측에 배치된 사이드커버(314)를 제 2 사이드커버(314-2)로 정의하고, 상기 제 3 베인모듈(203) 외측에 배치된 사이드커버(314)를 제 3 사이드커버(314-3)로 정의하고, 상기 제 4 베인모듈(204) 외측에 배치된 사이드커버(314)를 제 4 사이드커버(314-4)로 정의한다. In the front body 310, four side covers 314 are disposed. The side cover 314 disposed outside the first vane module 201 is defined as the first side cover 314-1 and the side cover 314 disposed outside the second vane module 202 is defined as the first side cover 314-1, The cover 314 is defined as a second side cover 314-2 and the side cover 314 disposed outside the third vane module 203 is defined as a third side cover 314-3, And the side cover 314 disposed outside the fourth vane module 204 is defined as a fourth side cover 314-4.
각 사이드커버(314)는 상기 프론트프레임(312)의 가장자리에 조립되고, 상기 프론트프레임(312)의 하측에 위치되고, 외부에 노출되고, 각 베인모듈(202) 외측에 배치된다. Each side cover 314 is assembled to the edge of the front frame 312 and is positioned below the front frame 312 and exposed to the outside and disposed outside each vane module 202.
그리고 제 1 베인모듈(201) 및 제 2 베인모듈(202) 사이에 배치된 코너커버(316)를 제 1 코너커버(316-1)로 정의한다. 제 2 베인모듈(202) 및 제 3 베인모듈(203) 사이에 배치된 코너커버(316)를 제 2 코너커버(316-2)로 정의한다. 제 3 베인모듈(203) 및 제 4 베인모듈(204) 사이에 배치된 코너커버(316)를 제 3 코너커버(316-3)로 정의한다. 제 4 베인모듈(204) 및 제 1 베인모듈(201) 사이에 배치된 코너커버(316)를 제 4 코너커버(316-4)로 정의한다. The corner cover 316 disposed between the first vane module 201 and the second vane module 202 is defined as a first corner cover 316-1. A corner cover 316 disposed between the second vane module 202 and the third vane module 203 is defined as a second corner cover 316-2. The corner cover 316 disposed between the third vane module 203 and the fourth vane module 204 is defined as a third corner cover 316-3. A corner cover 316 disposed between the fourth vane module 204 and the first vane module 201 is defined as a fourth corner cover 316-4.
상기 제 1 코너커버(316-1)는 상기 프론트프레임(312)의 모서리에 조립되고, 상기 프론트프레임(312)의 하측에 위치되고, 상기 제 1 사이드커버(314-1) 및 제 2 사이드커버(314-2) 사이에 위치되고, 외부에 노출된다. The first corner cover 316-1 is assembled to the corner of the front frame 312 and is positioned below the front frame 312. The first side cover 314-1 and the second side cover (314-2), and is exposed to the outside.
상기 제 2 코너커버(316-2)는 상기 프론트프레임(312)의 모서리에 조립되고, 상기 프론트프레임(312)의 하측에 위치되고, 상기 제 2 사이드커버(314-2) 및 제 3 사이드커버(314-3) 사이에 위치되고, 외부에 노출된다. The second corner cover 316-2 is assembled to the edge of the front frame 312 and is positioned below the front frame 312. The second side cover 314-2 and the third side cover (314-3), and is exposed to the outside.
상기 제 3 코너커버(316-3)는 상기 프론트프레임(312)의 모서리에 조립되고, 상기 프론트프레임(312)의 하측에 위치되고, 상기 제 3 사이드커버(314-1) 및 제 4 사이드커버(314-4) 사이에 위치되고, 외부에 노출된다. The third corner cover 316-3 is assembled to the edge of the front frame 312 and is positioned below the front frame 312. The third side cover 314-1 and the fourth side cover (314-4), and is exposed to the outside.
상기 제 4 코너커버(316-4)는 상기 프론트프레임(312)의 모서리에 조립되고, 상기 프론트프레임(312)의 하측에 위치되고, 상기 제 4 사이드커버(314-1) 및 제 1 사이드커버(314-1) 사이에 위치되고, 외부에 노출된다. The fourth corner cover 316-4 is assembled to an edge of the front frame 312 and is positioned below the front frame 312. The fourth side cover 314-1 and the first side cover (314-1), and is exposed to the outside.
제 1 코너커버(316-1) 및 제 3 코너커버(316-3)는 프론트패널(300)의 중심(O)을 기준으로 대각선 방향으로 배치되고, 서로 마주보게 배치된다. 제 2 코너커버(316-2) 및 제 4 코너커버(316-4)는 프론트패널(300)의 중심(O)을 기준으로 대각선 방향으로 배치되고, 서로 마주보게 배치된다. The first corner cover 316-1 and the third corner cover 316-3 are arranged in a diagonal direction with respect to the center O of the front panel 300 and are disposed facing each other. The second corner cover 316-2 and the fourth corner cover 316-4 are arranged in a diagonal direction with respect to the center O of the front panel 300 and arranged to face each other.
상기 프론트패널(300)의 중심을 지나는 가상의 대각선을 P1 및 P2로 정의한다. 상기 P1은 제 1 코너커버(316-1) 및 제 3 코너커버(316-3)를 연결하는 가상의 선이고, 상기 P2는 제 2 코너커버(316-2) 및 제 4 코너커버(316-4)를 연결하는 가상의 선이다.And virtual diagonal lines passing through the center of the front panel 300 are defined as P1 and P2. P1 is an imaginary line connecting the first corner cover 316-1 and the third corner cover 316-3 and P2 is a virtual line connecting the second corner cover 316-2 and the fourth corner cover 316- 4).
상기 흡입패널(320)에는 모서리 측으로 연장되어 형성된 제 1 그릴코너부(327-1), 제 2 그릴코너부(327-2), 제 3 그릴코너부(327-3) 및 제 4 그릴코너부(327-4)가 배치된다. The suction panel 320 is provided with a first grill corner portion 327-1, a second grill corner portion 327-2, a third grill corner portion 327-3, and a fourth grill corner portion 327-3, (327-4).
상기 그릴코너부들을 기준으로 상기 제 1 베인모듈(201)은 상기 흡입그릴(320)의 각 가장자리 외측에 배치되고, 상기 제 1 그릴코너부(327-1) 및 제 2 그릴코너부(327-2) 사이에 배치된다. The first vane module 201 is disposed outside each edge of the suction grill 320 with respect to the grill corner portions and the first grill corner portion 327-1 and the second grill corner portion 327- 2.
상기 제 2 베인모듈(202)은 상기 흡입그릴의 각 가장자리 외측에 배치되고, 상기 제 2 그릴코너부(327-2) 및 제 3 그릴코너부(327-3) 사이에 배치된다. The second vane module 202 is disposed outside each edge of the suction grille and is disposed between the second grille corner portion 327-2 and the third grille corner portion 327-3.
상기 제 3 베인모듈(203)은 상기 흡입그릴의 각 가장자리 외측에 배치되고, 상기 제 3 그릴코너부(327-3) 및 제 4 그릴코너부(327-4) 사이에 배치된다. The third vane module 203 is disposed outside each edge of the suction grille and disposed between the third and fourth grille corner portions 327-3 and 327-4.
상기 제 4 베인모듈(204)은 및 상기 흡입그릴의 각 가장자리 외측에 배치되고, 상기 제 4 그릴코너부(327-4) 및 제 1 그릴코너부(327-1) 사이에 배치된다. The fourth vane module 204 is disposed outside each edge of the suction grill and disposed between the fourth grill corner portion 327-4 and the first grill corner portion 327-1.
상기 제 1 그릴코너부(327-1)는 상기 제 1 코너커버(316-1)를 향해 연장되어 형성되고, 상기 제 1 코너커버(316-1)의 외측면과 연속된 면을 형성한다.The first grill corner portion 327-1 extends toward the first corner cover 316-1 and forms a continuous surface with the outer surface of the first corner cover 316-1.
상기 제 1 그릴코너부(327-1)의 그릴 코너보더(326)는 상기 제 1 코너커버(316-1)의 코너데코 이너보더(317)와 대향되고, 코너데코 이너보더 갭(317a)을 형성한다. The grill corner borders 326 of the first grill corner portions 327-1 are opposed to the corner decoror borders 317 of the first corner covers 316-1 and the corner decoror borders 317a .
나머지 그릴코너부(327)의 그릴 코너보더(326)와 상기 코너커버(316)의 코너데코 이너보더(317)도 각각 대향되고, 각각 코너데코 이너보더 갭(317a)을 형성한다. The grill corner borders 326 of the remaining grill corner portions 327 and the corner decoror borders 317 of the corner covers 316 are also opposed to each other to form a corner decoror border gap 317a.
상기 흡입그릴(320)은 각 코너커버(316)들과 마주하게 배치되는 4개의 그릴코너부(327)가 형성된다. 상기 각 그릴코너부(327)는 상기 각 코너커버(316)와 대향되게 배치된다. The suction grill 320 is formed with four grill corner portions 327 arranged to face the respective corner covers 316. Each of the grill corner portions 327 is arranged to face the corner covers 316.
상기 제 1 코너커버(316-1)와 대향되게 배치된 그릴코너부(327)를 제 1 그릴코너부(327-1)로 정의하고, 상기 제 2 코너커버(316-2)와 대향되게 배치된 그릴코너부(327)를 제 1 그릴코너부(327-2)로 정의하고, 상기 제 3 코너커버(316-3)와 대향되게 배치된 그릴코너부(327)를 제 3 그릴코너부(327-3)로 정의하고, 상기 제 4 코너커버(316-4)와 대향되게 배치된 그릴코너부(327)를 제 4 그릴코너부(327-4)로 정의한다. The grill corner portion 327 disposed opposite to the first corner cover 316-1 is defined as a first grill corner portion 327-1 and the grill corner portion 327 is disposed so as to face the second corner cover 316-2 The grill corner portion 327 is defined as a first grill corner portion 327-2 and the grill corner portion 327 disposed opposite to the third corner cover 316-3 is defined as a third grill corner portion And a grill corner portion 327 disposed opposite to the fourth corner cover 316-4 is defined as a fourth grill corner portion 327-4.
상기 그릴코너부(327)의 가장자리를 형성하는 그릴 사이드보더(325)는 코너커버(316)의 안쪽 가장자리를 형성하는 코너데코 이너보더(317)와 마주보게 배치되고, 곡선의 형태도 서로 대응된다. The grill side borders 325 forming the edges of the grill corner portions 327 are arranged to face the corner decoror edge borders 317 forming the inner edges of the corner covers 316, .
마찬가지로 상기 그릴코너부(327)의 가장자리를 형성하는 그릴 코너보더(326)는 베인(210)의 내측 가장자리와 마주보게 배치되고, 곡선의 형태도 서로 대응된다. Likewise, the grill corner borders 326 forming the edges of the grill corner portions 327 are arranged to face the inner edge of the vane 210, and the shapes of the curved lines also correspond to each other.
한편, 본 실시예에서는 상기 흡입그릴(320)이 상기 프론트바디(310)에 밀착된 상태를 유지시키기 위해, 영구자석(318) 및 자기력고정부(328)가 배치된다.In this embodiment, a permanent magnet 318 and a magnetic force fixing portion 328 are disposed to keep the suction grille 320 in close contact with the front body 310.
상기 프론트바디(310)에 영구자석(318) 또는 자기력고정부(328) 중 어느 하나가 배치될 수 있고, 상기 각 그릴코너부(327) 상측면에 상기 자기력고정부(328) 또는 영구자석(318) 중 다른 하나가 배치될 수 있다. The permanent magnet 318 or the magnetic force fixing portion 328 may be disposed on the front body 310 and the magnetic force fixing portion 328 or the permanent magnet 328 may be disposed on the side surface of each of the grill corners 327 318 may be disposed.
상기 영구자석(318) 및 자기력고정부(328)는 각 그릴코너부(327) 상측에 위치되고, 상기 각 그릴코너부(327)에 의해 숨겨진다. 상기 영구자석(318) 및 자기력고정부(328)가 흡입그릴(320)의 각 모서리 바깥쪽에 위치되기 때문에 흡입그릴(320)과 프론트바디(310)의 이격을 최소화시킬 수 있다.The permanent magnet 318 and the magnetic force fixing portion 328 are located above each grill corner portion 327 and are hidden by the respective grill corner portions 327. The gap between the suction grill 320 and the front body 310 can be minimized because the permanent magnet 318 and the magnetic force fixing portion 328 are located outside the respective corners of the suction grille 320.
상기 흡입그릴(320) 및 프론트바디(310)가 이격될 경우, 상기 흡입유로(103) 내부 압력이 저하되는 문제가 발생된다. When the suction grille 320 and the front body 310 are separated from each other, a pressure inside the suction passage 103 is lowered.
본 실시예에서 상기 영구자석(318)은 상기 프론트바디(310)에 배치된다. 구체적으로 상기 영구자석은 코너프레임(313)에 배치된다. In this embodiment, the permanent magnet 318 is disposed on the front body 310. Specifically, the permanent magnet is disposed on the corner frame 313.
상기 자기력고정부(328)는 상기 영구자석(318)와 상호작용되어 인력을 형성하는 금속재질로 형성된다. 상기 자기력고정부(328)는 상기 흡입그릴(320)의 상측면에 배치된다. 구체적으로 상기 자기력고정부(328)는 그릴코너부(327) 상측면에 배치된다. The magnetic force fixing portion 328 is formed of a metal material which interacts with the permanent magnet 318 to form a pulling force. The magnetic force fixing portion 328 is disposed on the upper side of the suction grille 320. Specifically, the magnetic force fixing portion 328 is disposed on the side of the grill corner portion 327.
상기 흡입그릴(320)이 상측으로 이동되고, 상기 영구자석(318)에 근접될 경우, 상기 영구자석(318)이 상기 자기력고정부(328)을 끌어당겨 상기 흡입그릴(320)를 고정한다. 상기 영구자석(318)의 자기력은 상기 흡입그릴(320)의 자중 보다 작게 형성된다. 그래서 상기 엘리베이터(500)에 의해 흡입그릴(320)이 당겨지지 않을 경우, 상기 영구자석(318) 및 자기력고정부(328)의 결합은 해제된다. When the suction grill 320 is moved upward and comes close to the permanent magnet 318, the permanent magnet 318 attracts the magnetic force fixing portion 328 to fix the suction grill 320. The magnetic force of the permanent magnet 318 is formed to be smaller than the self weight of the suction grille 320. When the suction grille 320 is not pulled by the elevator 500, the combination of the permanent magnet 318 and the magnetic force fixing portion 328 is released.
탑뷰 또는 바텀뷰로 볼 때, 상기 영구자석(318)은 상기 가상의 대각선 P1 및 P2 선상에 배치된다. 상기 영구자석(318)은 코너커버(316) 내측에 위치된다. When viewed in a top view or a bottom view, the permanent magnets 318 are disposed on the virtual diagonal lines P1 and P2. The permanent magnet 318 is positioned inside the corner cover 316.
탑뷰 또는 바텀뷰로 볼 때, 4개의 영구자석(318) 중 하나는 제 1 베인모듈(201)의 제 1 모듈바디(410) 및 제 4 베인모듈(204)의 제 2 모듈바디(420) 사이에 배치된다. 나머지 3개의 영구자석도 각 베인모듈들의 제 1 모듈바디(410) 및 제 2 모듈바디(420) 사이에 배치된다. One of the four permanent magnets 318 is positioned between the first module body 410 of the first vane module 201 and the second module body 420 of the fourth vane module 204, . The remaining three permanent magnets are also disposed between the first module body 410 and the second module body 420 of each vane module.
상기 영구자석(318) 및 자기력고정부(328)는 각 그릴코너부(327) 상측에 위치되고, 상기 각 그릴코너부(327)에 의해 숨겨진다. The permanent magnet 318 and the magnetic force fixing portion 328 are located above each grill corner portion 327 and are hidden by the respective grill corner portions 327.
이하, 본 발명의 실시예에 따른 흡입그릴의 상승 또는 하강 시 작동과정에 대해 보다 상세하게 설명한다. Hereinafter, the operation of the suction grill when the suction grill is raised or lowered according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described in more detail.
먼저, 흡입그릴(320)의 설치상태에 대해 보다 상세하게 설명한다. First, the installation state of the suction grill 320 will be described in more detail.
상기 흡입그릴(320)은 필터청소 또는 실내기 내부 수리 등을 위해 하강될 수 있다. 흡입그릴(320)은 4개의 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)에 지지되고, 흡입그릴(320)의 하중은 모두 4개의 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)에 의해 가해진다. The suction grille 320 may be lowered for cleaning the filter or for repairing the interior of the indoor unit. The suction grill 320 is supported by four wires 511, 512, 521 and 522 and the load of the suction grill 320 is all connected to four wires 511, 512, 521 and 522 .
흡입그릴(320)은 4개의 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)에 의해 프론트바디9310)에 밀착된 상태를 유지한다. 즉, 흡입그릴(320) 및 프론트바디(310)는 지지를 위한 별도의 결합구조가 배치되지 않는다. The suction grille 320 maintains a state in which it is in close contact with the front body 9310 by the four wires 511, 512, 521, and 522. That is, the suction grille 320 and the front body 310 are not provided with separate coupling structures for supporting.
그래서 사용자가 흡입그릴(320)를 분리하기 위해, 의자와 같은 구조물 위로 올라서서 흡입그릴(320) 및 프론트바디(310)의 조립을 해제할 필요가 없다. 즉, 엘리베이터(500)의 작동에 의해 4개의 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)가 풀리는 즉시 흡입패널(320)이 하측으로 하강된다. So that it is not necessary for the user to lift the suction grille 320 and the front body 310 by standing on a structure such as a chair to separate the suction grille 320. [ That is, as soon as the four wires 511, 512, 521, and 522 are released by the operation of the elevator 500, the suction panel 320 is lowered downward.
또한 흡입그릴(320)은 각 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)에 의해서만 지지되기 때문에, 각 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)는 항상 팽팽한 장력을 형성시킨다. 흡입그릴(320)이 다른 구조물에 지지될 경우, 각 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522) 중 일부는 느슨한 상태를 형성시킬 수 있고, 엘리베이터(500)가 각 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)를 정밀하게 제어할 수 없다.Further, since the suction grill 320 is supported only by the respective wires 511, 512, 521, and 522, each of the wires 511, 512, 521, and 522 always forms a tight tension. When the suction grill 320 is supported on another structure, some of the wires 511, 512, 521 and 522 may form a loose state and the elevator 500 may be connected to the wires 511 and 512 ) 521 and 522 can not be precisely controlled.
본 실시예에 따른 각 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)는 항상 흡입그릴(320)의 하중을 지지하기 때문에, 엘리베이터(500) 외부로 풀린 전체 길이가 항상 팽팽한 상태를 유지한다. Since the wires 511, 512, 521, and 522 according to the present embodiment always support the load of the suction grille 320, the entire length unrolled from the outside of the elevator 500 is always kept in a tight state.
제 1 와이어고정부(329-1), 제 2 와이어고정부(329-2), 제 3 와이어고정부(329-3), 제 4 와이어고정부(329-4)는 흡입패널(320)의 각 모서리 측에 위치된다. The first wire fixing portion 329-1, the second wire fixing portion 329-2, the third wire fixing portion 329-3 and the fourth wire fixing portion 329-4 are connected to the suction panel 320 And is positioned at each corner side.
4개의 각 와이어고정부가 각 와이어에 의해 상측으로 당겨서 프론트바디(310)에 밀착되기 때문에, 흡입그릴(320)의 가장자리를 프론트바디(310)에 밀착시킬 수 있고, 흡입그릴(320)의 처짐을 최소화할 수 있다. The edges of the suction grille 320 can be brought into close contact with the front body 310 and the deflection of the suction grille 320 can be suppressed to a large extent by the four wire fixing portions being pulled upward by the respective wires and coming into close contact with the front body 310 Can be minimized.
4개의 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)에 대해 각 와이어가이더(701)(702)(703)(704)가 배치되기 때문에, 각 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)의 처짐을 방지할 수 있다. Since each wire guider 701, 702, 703 and 704 is arranged with respect to the four wires 511, 512, 521 and 522, the respective wires 511, 512, 521 and 522 Can be prevented.
각 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)에 가해진 하중은 각 와이어가이더(701)(702)(703)(704)로 일부 분산될 수 있다. 또한, 각 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)는 상하방향으로 배치된 와이어홈(754)을 따라서만 이동되기 때문에, 각 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)의 수평이동을 억제하고, 이를 통해 흡입그릴(320)의 흔들림을 최소화할 수 있다. The loads applied to the respective wires 511, 512, 521, and 522 can be partially dispersed by the respective wire guiders 701, 702, 703, and 704. Since the wires 511, 512, 521 and 522 are moved only along the wire grooves 754 arranged in the vertical direction, the widths of the wires 511, 512, 521 and 522 Movement of the suction grille 320 can be suppressed, and the swing of the suction grille 320 can be minimized.
다음으로, 흡입그릴(320)의 하강과정에 대해 설명한다.Next, a descending process of the suction grille 320 will be described.
상기 흡입그릴(320)이 커버패널(300)에 장착된 상태에서 사용자가 무선리모콘 또는 유선리모콘을 통해 조작신호를 입력하면, 제어부는 입력된 조작신호를 판단하여 상기 흡입그릴(320)을 하강시킨다.When the user inputs an operation signal through the wireless remote controller or the wired remote controller while the suction grille 320 is mounted on the cover panel 300, the controller determines the input operation signal and descends the suction grille 320 .
상기 흡입그릴(320)을 하강될 때, 사용자는 상기 흡입그릴(320)의 하강 길이를 조절할 수 있다. 본 실시예에서 상기 흡입그릴(320)은 1m, 2m, 3m, 4.5m로 차등하강될 수 있다.When the suction grille 320 is lowered, the user can adjust the descending length of the suction grille 320. In this embodiment, the suction grill 320 can be lowered to 1m, 2m, 3m, and 4.5m.
제어부는 입력된 조작신호를 판단하여 상기 제 1 유닛(510) 및 제 2 유닛(520)을 동시에 작동시키고, 상기 제 1 유닛(510) 및 제 2 유닛(520)에 배치된 드럼모터(540)의 회전량을 결정한다. The controller controls the first unit 510 and the second unit 520 at the same time to determine the input operation signal and controls the drum motor 540 disposed in the first unit 510 and the second unit 520, Is determined.
상기 제 1 유닛(510) 및 제 2 유닛(520)의 각 드럼모터(540)를 동시에 작동시킬 때, 각 드럼모터(540)의 회전수 및 회전속도를 일치시켜야만 상기 흡입그릴(320)이 기울어지는 것을 방지할 수 있다. 이를 위해 상기 제 1 유닛(510) 및 제 2 유닛(520)의 각 드럼모터(540)를 동기화하는 것이 바람직하다. The suction grill 320 tilts only when the rotational speed and the rotational speed of each drum motor 540 are made to coincide with each other when the drum motor 540 of the first unit 510 and the drum motor 540 of the second unit 520 are simultaneously operated. Can be prevented. For this purpose, it is preferable to synchronize the drum motors 540 of the first unit 510 and the second unit 520 with each other.
본 실시예에서는 상기 각 드럼모터(540)가 각 드럼(530)을 제 1 방향(예를 들어 반시계방향)으로 회전시킬 때, 상기 흡입그릴(320)이 하강된다. 반대로 상기 각 드럼모터(540)가 각 드럼(530)을 상기 제 1 방향과 반대인 제 2 방향(예를 들어 시계방향)으로 회전시킬 때, 상기 흡입그릴(320)이 상승된다. In this embodiment, when each drum motor 540 rotates the respective drums 530 in the first direction (for example, counterclockwise), the suction grill 320 is lowered. Conversely, when each drum motor 540 rotates each drum 530 in a second direction (e.g., clockwise) opposite to the first direction, the suction grill 320 is raised.
그리고 상기 각 드럼모터(540)가 각 드럼(530)을 회전시킬 때, 제 1 유닛(510) 및 제 2 유닛(520)에 배치된 회전량감지장치(600)는 회전감지인자(601)를 감지하여 상기 드럼(530)의 회전량 또는 회전속도 중 적어도 어느 하나를 감지한다. When each drum motor 540 rotates the respective drums 530, the rotation amount sensing device 600 disposed in the first unit 510 and the second unit 520 receives the rotation sensing factor 601 And senses at least one of the rotation amount of the drum 530 and the rotation speed of the drum 530.
제어부는 상기 회전량감지장치(600)에서 센싱되는 데이터를 모니터링하고, 각 드럼(530)이 동일한 속도로 회전되는지를 판단한다. The control unit monitors data sensed by the rotation amount sensing apparatus 600 and determines whether each of the drums 530 is rotated at the same speed.
상기 제 1 유닛(510) 및 제 2 유닛(520)에 의한 양측의 단차가 어긋나는 경우, 단차보정을 위해 정지상태에서 상기 회전감지인자(601)의 카운팅 개수 보정을 실시할 수 있다. 본 실시예에서는 최대 3회까지 회전감지인자(601)의 카운팅 개수 보정을 실시하고, 상기 엘리베이터(500)를 구동시킨다. When the stepped portions on both sides of the first unit 510 and the second unit 520 are deviated, the counting number of the rotation sensing factor 601 may be corrected in the stopped state for the step difference correction. In the present embodiment, the counting number correction of the rotation sensing factor 601 is performed up to three times, and the elevator 500 is driven.
그리고 상기 제어부는 상기 엘리베이터(500)에 의한 흡입그릴(320)의 하강 또는 승강과정을 상기 회전량감지장치(600)를 통해 모니터링한다. The control unit monitors the descent or elevation of the suction grille 320 by the elevator 500 through the rotation amount sensing device 600.
상승 또는 하강과정에서 어느 하나의 드럼(530)의 회전이 정지되는 경우, 그 즉시 각 드럼모터(540)를 정지시켜 상기 흡입그릴(320)의 기울어짐 또는 추락가능성을 차단한다. When the rotation of any one of the drums 530 is stopped in the ascending or descending process, the respective drum motors 540 are immediately stopped to block the inclination or fall of the suction grille 320.
각 드럼모터(540)의 작동에 의해 4개의 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)는 각 드럼(530)에서 동시에 풀린다. 각 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)는 제 4 롤러(554), 제 3 롤러(553), 제 2 롤러(552) 및 제 1 롤러(551)를 통과한다. 각 유닛케이스(590)에서 수평방향으로 연장된 각 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)는 각 유닛케이스(590)의 수평방향에 위치된 가이더(750)에서 지면을 향해 방향전환된다. The four wires 511, 512, 521 and 522 are simultaneously released from the respective drums 530 by the operation of the respective drum motors 540. Each wire 511, 512, 521 and 522 passes through a fourth roller 554, a third roller 553, a second roller 552 and a first roller 551. The wires 511, 512, 521, and 522 extending in the horizontal direction in each unit case 590 are diverted toward the ground from the guider 750 positioned in the horizontal direction of each unit case 590 .
각 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)는 각 가이더(750)의 상측면에 지지된 상태에서 가이더(750)의 수직방향 하측으로 이동될 수 있다. 이와 같은 과정을 통해 상기 흡입그릴(320)의 와이어고정부(329)에 고정된 각 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)의 타단이 동시에 하측으로 하강된다. Each of the wires 511, 512, 521, and 522 can be moved vertically downward of the guider 750 while being supported on the upper side of each guider 750. Through this process, the other ends of the wires 511, 512, 521, and 522 fixed to the wire fixing portion 329 of the suction grille 320 are simultaneously lowered.
각 와이어고정부(329)는 각 가이더(750)의 하측에 위치되고, 각 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)는 상하방향으로 연장된다. Each wire fixing portion 329 is positioned below each guider 750 and each wire 511, 512, 521, and 522 extends in the vertical direction.
즉, 와이어를 지지하는 가이더(750) 하측에 와이어고정부(329)가 배치되기 때문에, 각 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)가 상하로 이동하는 과정에서 흔들림이 최소화된다. 또한, 각 와이어(511)(512)(521)(522)는 4개의 각 가이더(750)에 지지되기 때문에 하중을 고르게 분산시킬 수 있고, 각 롤러박스의 롤러에 가해지는 하중을 최소화할 수 있다. That is, since the wire fixing portion 329 is disposed below the guider 750 that supports the wire, shaking is minimized in the process of moving the wires 511, 512, 521, and 522 up and down. Further, since the wires 511, 512, 521, and 522 are supported by the four guiders 750, the load can be evenly dispersed, and the load applied to the rollers of each roller box can be minimized .
또한, 가이더(750) 및 롤러박스(550)는 고정된 구조물이기 때문에, 와이어는 가이더(750) 및 제 1 롤러(551)에 의해 지지된 상태에서 흔들림이 발생되지 않는다.In addition, since the guider 750 and the roller box 550 are fixed structures, no wobbling occurs in a state where the wire is supported by the guider 750 and the first roller 551.
흡입그릴(320)의 상승 또는 하강과정에서 와이어고정부(329)만 흔들림이 발생될 수 있는 구조물이고, 가이더(750) 하측에 와이어고정부(329)가 배치되기 때문에, 상기 가이더(750) 및 와이어고정부(329) 사이의 와이어 길이는 최소화된다. Since the wire fixing portion 329 is disposed on the lower side of the guider 750 and the guide fixing portion 329 is provided on the upper side of the guide grille 750 and the guider 750, The wire length between the wire fixing portions 329 is minimized.
즉, 가이더(750) 및 와이어고정부(329)가 상하방향으로 배치되기 때문에, 흡입그릴(320)의 하강과정에서 풀리는 와이어의 길이는 최소화된다. 흡입그릴이 하강될 때, 와이어가 대각선으로 배치되는 경우, 상하방향보다 더 많은 길이의 와이어를 풀어야한다. That is, since the guider 750 and the wire fixing portion 329 are arranged in the vertical direction, the length of the wire unwound in the process of descending the suction grille 320 is minimized. When the suction grill is lowered, when the wires are arranged diagonally, the wires longer than the vertical direction must be loosened.
다음으로, 상기 엘리베이터(500)의 승강과정을 보다 상세히 설명한다. Next, the elevating process of the elevator 500 will be described in more detail.
흡입그릴(320)이 하강된 상태에서 사용자의 조작신호를 입력받아, 제어부는 상기 흡입그릴(320)를 원위치로 상승시킬 수 있다.In response to the operation signal of the user, the control unit can raise the suction grill 320 to the home position while the suction grill 320 is lowered.
상기 제어부는 초기위치로 상기 흡입그릴(320)를 복귀시키기 위해, 제 1 유닛(510) 및 제 2 유닛(520)의 각 드럼(530)을 시계방향으로 회전시킨다. The control unit rotates each drum 530 of the first unit 510 and the second unit 520 clockwise to return the suction grille 320 to the initial position.
제어부는 각 드럼(530)의 회전량 및 회전속도를 동일하게 유지시키켜 상기 흡입그릴(320)을 수평한 상태로 상승시킨다. The control unit keeps the rotation amount and rotation speed of each drum 530 at the same level and raises the suction grille 320 horizontally.
상기 흡입그릴(320)이 승강될 때, 와이어고정부(329)는 수직방향 상측으로 이동되고, 각 와이어의 끝단도 하측에서 상측으로 이동된다. When the suction grille 320 is lifted and lowered, the wire fixing portion 329 is moved upward in the vertical direction, and the ends of the wires are also moved from the lower side to the upper side.
상기 드럼(530)의 회전에 의해 제 1 유닛(510)의 제 1-1 와이어(511) 및 제 1-2 와이어(512)와 제 2 유닛(520)의 제 2-1 와이어(521) 및 제 2-2 와이어(522)는 동시에 각각의 드럼(530)에 감겨진다.The first 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 of the first unit 510 and the 2-1 wire 521 and 521 of the second unit 520 are rotated by the rotation of the drum 530, The second-second wire 522 is wound on each of the drums 530 at the same time.
상기 제 1 유닛(510)의 드럼(530) 회전 시, 상기 제 1-1 와이어(511) 및 제 1-2 와이어(512)는 드럼(530)의 제 1 구역(531) 및 제 2 구역(532)에 수평방향으로 정렬되면서 감긴다. The first 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 are connected to the first section 531 and the second section 531 of the drum 530 when the drum 530 of the first unit 510 rotates, 532) while being horizontally aligned.
상기 제 1-1 와이어(511)는 가이더(750)를 수직방향으로 통과한 후 수평방향으로 방향전환되고, 제 1 롤러(551), 제 2 롤러(552), 제 3 롤러(553) 및 제 4 롤러(554)를 통과한 후, 제 1 구역(531)의 드럼바디(535) 외주면에 감겨진다. 상기 제 1-1 와이어(511)가 상기 드럼바디(535) 외주면에 1렬로 감긴 후에는 1렬로 감긴 1-1 와이어(511) 위로 다시 층을 형성하며 감기게 된다. The first wire 511 passes through the guider 750 in the vertical direction and is then turned in the horizontal direction and is guided by the first roller 551, the second roller 552, the third roller 553, 4 roller 554 and then wound on the outer circumferential surface of the drum body 535 of the first section 531. After the 1-1 wire 511 is wound in a line on the outer peripheral surface of the drum body 535, a layer is formed on the 1-1 wire 511 wound in a line and wound.
상기 제 1-2 와이어(512)는 가이더(750)를 수직방향으로 통과한 후 수평방향으로 방향전환되고, 제 1 롤러(561), 제 2 롤러(562), 제 3 롤러(563) 및 제 4 롤러(564)를 통과한 후 제 2 구역(532)의 드럼바디(535) 외주면에 감긴다. The first wire 561 passes through the guide wire 750 in the vertical direction and then is turned in the horizontal direction. The first wire 561, the second wire 562, the third wire 563, 4 roller 564 and then wound around the outer peripheral surface of the drum body 535 in the second section 532. [
한편, 상기 제 1 유닛(510)과 동시에 회전되는 제 2 유닛(520)에서도 제 1 유닛(510)과 같은 속도로 제 2-1 와이어(521) 및 제 2-2 와이어(522)가 권선된다. The second-first wire 521 and the second-second wire 522 are wound at the same speed as that of the first unit 510 in the second unit 520 rotated simultaneously with the first unit 510 .
상기 제 1 유닛(510)과 마찬가지로, 상기 제 2 유닛(520)의 드럼(530) 회전 시, 상기 제 2-1 와이어(521)의 일단 및 제 2-2 와이어(522)의 일단은 드럼(530)의 제 1 구역(531) 및 제 2 구역(532)에 정렬되면서 감겨진다. One end of the second-first wire 521 and one end of the second-second wire 522 are connected to a drum (not shown) at the time of rotating the drum 530 of the second unit 520, 530, while being aligned with the first zone 531 and the second zone 532 of the second zone 530.
본 실시예와 같이, 상기 흡입그릴(320)은 상기 제 1-1 와이어(511), 제 1-2 와이어(512), 제 2-1 와이어(521) 및 제 2-2 와이어(522)에 의해 4점 지지된다. The suction grill 320 is connected to the first 1-1 wire 511, the 1-2 wire 512, the 2-1 wire 521, and the 2-2 wire 522, as in the present embodiment, 4 points.
상기 흡입그릴(320)이 4점 지지된 상태에서 상기 제 1 유닛(510) 및 제 2 유닛(520)에 배치된 각 드럼(530)의 회전량 및 회전속도를 동기화시켜 상기 흡입그릴(320)의 양측을 동시에 상승 또는 하강시킬 수 있다.The suction grill 320 synchronizes the amount of rotation and the rotation speed of each drum 530 disposed in the first unit 510 and the second unit 520 while the suction grill 320 is supported at four points, Can be raised or lowered simultaneously.
본 실시예에 따른 실내기는 상기 제 1 유닛(510) 및 제 2 유닛(520)에 각각 드럼모터(540)가 배치되지만, 제어부가 상기 회전량감지장치(600)를 통해 4개 와이어를 균일하게 제어할 수 있다. In the indoor unit according to the present embodiment, the drum motor 540 is disposed in each of the first unit 510 and the second unit 520, but the control unit uniformly transmits the four wires through the rotation amount sensing device 600 Can be controlled.
또한, 본 실시예에 따른 실내기는 1개의 드럼(530)을 구동시켜 상기 제 1-1 와이어(511) 및 제 1-2 와이어(512)를 동시에 감거나 풀 수 있는 구조를 제공하기 때문에, 흡입그릴(320)의 기울어짐을 방지할 수 있다. In addition, since the indoor unit according to the present embodiment provides a structure in which one drum 530 is driven to wind or unwind the first 1-1 wire 511 and the 1-2 wire 512 simultaneously, The inclination of the grill 320 can be prevented.
이상 첨부된 도면을 참조하여 본 발명의 실시예들을 설명하였으나, 본 발명은 상기 실시예들에 한정되는 것이 아니라 서로 다른 다양한 형태로 제조될 수 있으며, 본 발명이 속하는 기술분야에서 통상의 지식을 가진 자는 본 발명의 기술적 사상이나 필수적인 특징을 변경하지 않고서 다른 구체적인 형태로 실시될 수 있다는 것을 이해할 수 있을 것이다. 그러므로 이상에서 기술한 실시예들은 모든 면에서 예시적인 것이며 한정적이 아닌 것으로 이해해야만 한다.While the present invention has been described in connection with what is presently considered to be practical exemplary embodiments, it is to be understood that the invention is not limited to the disclosed embodiments, but, on the contrary, It is to be understood that the invention may be embodied in other specific forms without departing from the spirit or essential characteristics thereof. It is therefore to be understood that the above-described embodiments are illustrative in all aspects and not restrictive.
[부호의 설명][Description of Symbols]
100 : 케이스 101 : 흡입구100: Case 101: Suction port
102 : 토출구 103 : 흡입유로102: discharge port 103:
104 : 토출유로 110 : 케이스하우징104: Discharge channel 110: Case housing
120 : 프론트패널 130 : 실내열교환기120: front panel 130: indoor heat exchanger
140 : 실내송풍팬 200 : 베인모듈140: indoor ventilation fan 200: vane module
300 : 프론트패널 310 : 프론트바디300: front panel 310: front body
320 : 흡입그릴 321 : 그릴홀320: suction grill 321: grill hole
322 : 그릴바디 323 : 그릴322: Grill body 323: Grill
324 : 그릴바디부 329 : 와이어고정부324: grill body portion 329: wire fixing portion
330 : 프리필터 500 : 엘리베이터330: prefilter 500: elevator
600 : 회전량감지장치 700 : 와이어가이더 600: Rotation amount sensing device 700: Wire guider
701 : 제 1 와이어가이더 702 : 제 2 와이어가이더701: first wire guider 702: second wire guider
703 : 제 3 와이어가이더 704 : 제 4 와이어가이더703: Third wire guider 704: Fourth wire guider
710 : 고정블럭 720 : 조립블럭710: Fixed block 720: Assembly block
730 : 고정블럭바디 740 : 조립블럭바디730: fixed block body 740: assembly block body
750 : 가이더750: guider

Claims (20)

  1. 실내의 천장에 매달려 설치되고, 하측을 향해 흡입구 및 토출구가 형성된 케이스;A case which is installed on the ceiling of the room and has a suction port and a discharge port toward the lower side;
    상기 케이스와 분리되어 배치되고, 상기 케이스의 흡입구를 커버하는 흡입그릴;A suction grille disposed apart from the case and covering a suction port of the case;
    상기 케이스 내부에 배치되고, 상기 흡입그릴과 제 1-1 와이어 및 제 1-2 와이어를 통해 결합되고, 제 1-1 와이어 및 제 1-2 와이어를 동시에 감거나 풀어서 상기 흡입그릴의 일측을 상승 또는 하강시키는 제 1 유닛; A suction grill coupled to the suction grill through the 1-1 wire and the 1-2 wire and wound or unwound simultaneously with the 1-1 wire and the 1-2 wire to raise one side of the suction grill A first unit for lowering or lowering the first unit;
    상기 케이스에 배치되고, 상기 흡입그릴 및 제 1 유닛을 연결하는 상기 제 1-1 와이어를 지지하고, 상기 흡입그릴의 상측에 위치되는 제 1 와이어가이더; A first wire guider disposed in the case and supporting the first wire connecting the suction grill and the first unit, the first wire guider positioned above the suction grill;
    상기 케이스에 배치되고, 상기 흡입그릴 및 제 1 유닛을 연결하는 상기 제 1-2 와이어를 지지하고, 상기 흡입그릴의 상측에 위치되는 제 2 와이어가이더;를 포함하고, And a second wire guider disposed in the case and supporting the first wire connecting the suction grill and the first unit and positioned above the suction grill,
    상기 제 1 와이어가이더 및 제 2 와이어가이더 각각은, Wherein each of the first wire guider and the second wire guider comprises:
    상기 케이스의 내측 가장자리에 배치되는 블럭; A block disposed on an inner edge of the case;
    상기 블럭에 조립되고, 상기 블럭에 대해 회전가능하고, 상기 각 와이어를 지지하는 가이더;를 포함하고, And a guider assembled in the block, rotatable with respect to the block, and supporting the wires,
    상기 가이더는, The above-
    수평방향으로 회전중심이 형성된 가이더바디; A guider body having a rotational center in a horizontal direction;
    상기 가이더바디의 외측면에 배치되고, 상기 회전중심을 향해 오목하게 형성되고, 상기 와이어가 삽입되어 지지되는 와이어홈; 및 A wire groove disposed on an outer surface of the guider body and recessed toward the rotation center, the wire groove being inserted and supported; And
    상기 가이더바디의 회전중심을 관통하고, 상기 블럭에 회전가능하게 조립되는 가이더축;을 포함하고, And a guider shaft passing through the rotation center of the guider body and rotatably assembled to the block,
    상기 가이더바디 및 블럭 사이의 간격은 상기 와이어의 직경보다 작은 것을 특징으로 하는 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기.Wherein the gap between the guider body and the block is smaller than the diameter of the wire.
  2. 청구항 1에 있어서, The method according to claim 1,
    상기 블록은, The block includes:
    상기 흡입구가 형성되는 상기 케이스의 내측 가장자리에 배치되고, 상기 제 1 유닛 또는 제 2 유닛을 향해 돌출된 고정블럭; 상기 고정블럭에 조립되는 조립블럭;을 포함하고, A fixing block disposed at an inner edge of the case on which the suction port is formed and protruding toward the first unit or the second unit; And an assembly block assembled to the fixed block,
    상기 가이더축은 상기 조립블럭에 회전가능하게 조립되는 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기.And the guider shaft is rotatably assembled to the assembly block.
  3. 청구항 1에 있어서, The method according to claim 1,
    상기 가이더축은 상기 가이더바디와 분리가능하고, 상기 가이더바디의 회전중심을 관통하여 설치되는 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기.Wherein the guider shaft is detachable from the guider body and is installed to pass through a rotation center of the guider body.
  4. 청구항 2에 있어서, The method of claim 2,
    상기 조립블럭은, The assembly block includes:
    상기 고정블럭과 조립되고, 상기 고정블럭에 고정되는 조립블럭바디;An assembly block body assembled with the stationary block and fixed to the stationary block;
    상기 조립블럭바디의 외부에 배치되고, 상기 가이더가 회전가능하게 삽입되는 가이더설치공간;을 포함하고, And a guider installation space disposed outside the assembly block body and into which the guider is rotatably inserted,
    상기 가이더설치공간은 상하방향으로 형성되고, 상기 가이더축은 상기 가이더설치공간과 교차되는 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기.Wherein the guider installation space is formed in a vertical direction, and the guider shaft is intersected with the guider installation space.
  5. 청구항 4에 있어서, The method of claim 4,
    상기 가이더축은 상기 가이더설치공간의 높이 내에 위치되는 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기.And the guider shaft is located within the height of the guider installation space.
  6. 청구항 4에 있어서, The method of claim 4,
    상기 가이더설치공간은, The guider installation space
    상기 조립블럭바디에 형성되고, 상기 가이더의 회전방향으로 형성되고, 상기 가이더의 일측면과 대향되는 제 1 가이더설치벽; A first guider mounting wall formed on the assembly block body and formed in a rotating direction of the guider, the first guider mounting wall being opposed to a side surface of the guider;
    상기 조립블럭바디에 형성되고, 상기 가이더의 회전방향으로 형성되고, 상기 가이더의 타측면과 대향되는 제 3 가이더설치벽; 및 A third guider mounting wall formed on the assembly block body, the third guider mounting wall being formed in a rotating direction of the guider and opposed to the other side surface of the guider; And
    상기 조립블럭바디에 형성되고, 상기 가이더축 방향으로 형성되고, 상기 제 1 가이더설치벽 및 제 3 가이더설치벽을 연결하는 제 2 가이더설치벽;을 포함하고, And a second guider mounting wall formed on the assembly block body and formed in the guider axial direction and connecting the first guider mounting wall and the third guider mounting wall,
    상기 제 2 가이더설치벽 및 가이더바디 사이의 간격은 상기 와이어의 직경보다 작게 형성된 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기.And the gap between the second guider mounting wall and the guider body is smaller than the diameter of the wire.
  7. 청구항 6에 있어서, The method of claim 6,
    상기 가이더축보다 상측에 위치되고, 상기 제 2 가이더설치벽에서 상기 가이더바디의 외측면으로 돌출되는 분리방지돌출부;를 포함하고, And a detachment protrusion located above the guider shaft and protruding from the second guider mounting wall to an outer surface of the guider body,
    상기 분리방지돌출부 및 가이더바디 사이의 간격은 상기 와이어의 직경보다 작게 형성된 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기.And the gap between the detachment protrusion and the guider body is smaller than the diameter of the wire.
  8. 청구항 7에 있어서, The method of claim 7,
    상기 분리방지돌출부는 상기 가이더의 상하 방향 이동 시, 상기 가이더바디의 외측면과 상호 걸림을 형성하는 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기.Wherein the detachment preventing protrusion is configured to interlock with an outer surface of the guider body when the guider moves up and down.
  9. 청구항 7에 있어서, The method of claim 7,
    상기 분리방지돌출부는 호형상으로 형성되고, 상기 가이더바디의 외측면을 감싸게 형성되는 천장형 실내기.Wherein the detachment preventing protrusion is formed in an arc shape and is formed to surround the outer side surface of the guider body.
  10. 청구항 4에 있어서, The method of claim 4,
    상기 조립블럭바디의 외부에 형성되고, 상기 가이더축이 회전가능하게 삽입되는 가이더축홈;을 더 포함하고, And a guider shaft groove formed outside the assembly block body and into which the guider shaft is rotatably inserted,
    상기 가이더축홈은 상기 조립블럭바디의 상측면에서 하측 방향으로 오목하게 형성되고, 상기 가이더설치공간과 교차되는 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기.The ceiling-mounted indoor unit of an air conditioner according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the guider shaft groove is recessed in a downward direction from an upper side of the assembly block body, and intersects with the guider installation space.
  11. 청구항 10에 있어서, The method of claim 10,
    상기 가이더축홈은, The guider axial groove
    상기 조립블럭바디에 형성되고, 상기 가이더축의 길이방향으로 형성되는 제 1 축벽;A first axial wall formed in the assembly block body and formed in a longitudinal direction of the guider shaft;
    상기 조립블럭바디에 형성되고, 상기 가이더축의 길이방향으로 형성되고, 상기 제 1 축벽과 대향되는 제 3 축벽;A third axial wall formed in the assembly block body and formed in the longitudinal direction of the guider shaft, the third axial wall facing the first axial wall;
    상기 조립블럭바디에 형성되고, 상기 가이더축의 길이방향과 교차되고, 상기 제 1 축벽 및 제 3 축벽을 연결하는 제 2 축벽;A second axial wall formed on the assembly block body, intersecting with the longitudinal direction of the guider shaft, and connecting the first axial wall and the third axial wall;
    상기 제 1 축벽 또는 제 3 축벽 중 적어도 어느 하나에 배치되고, 상기 제 3 축벽 또는 제 1 축벽 측으로 돌출되고, 상기 가이더축의 상측과 상호 걸림을 형성하는 분리방지돌출부;를 포함하는 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기.And a detachment protrusion disposed on at least one of the first axial wall and the third axial wall and projecting toward the third axial wall or the first axial wall side and forming an interlock with the upper side of the guider shaft, Type indoor unit.
  12. 청구항 1에 있어서, The method according to claim 1,
    상기 제 1 와이어가이더의 가이더축과 상기 제 2 와이어가이더의 가이더축이 일렬로 배치된 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기.Wherein the guider axis of the first wire guider and the guider axis of the second wire guider are arranged in a line.
  13. 청구항 1에 있어서, The method according to claim 1,
    상기 케이스 내부에 배치되고, 상기 흡입그릴과 제 2-1 와이어 및 제 2-2 와이어를 통해 결합되고, 제 2-1 와이어 및 제 2-2 와이어를 동시에 감거나 풀어서 상기 흡입그릴의 타측을 상승 또는 하강시키는 제 2 유닛; A second grill disposed on the inside of the case, coupled with the suction grill through the second-1 wire and the second grill-2 wire, and wound and unwound simultaneously with the second-first wire and the second- A second unit for lowering or lowering the first unit;
    상기 케이스에 배치되고, 상기 흡입그릴 및 제 2 유닛을 연결하는 상기 제 2-1 와이어를 지지하고, 상기 흡입그릴의 상측에 위치되는 제 3 와이어가이더; A third wire guider disposed in the case and supporting the second-1 wire connecting the suction grill and the second unit, the third wire guider positioned above the suction grill;
    상기 케이스에 배치되고, 상기 흡입그릴 및 제 2 유닛을 연결하는 상기 제 2-2 와이어를 지지하고, 상기 흡입그릴의 상측에 위치되는 제 4 와이어가이더;를 포함하는 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기.And a fourth wire guider disposed in the case and supporting the second-second wire connecting the suction grill and the second unit, the fourth wire guider positioned above the suction grill.
  14. 청구항 13에 있어서, 14. The method of claim 13,
    바텀뷰로 볼 때, 상기 제 1-1 와이어 및 제 1-2 와이어는 일렬로 배치되고, 상기 제 2-1 와이어 및 제 2-2 와이어는 일렬로 배치되며, In the bottom view, the first 1-1 wire and the 1-2 wire are arranged in a line, the 2-1 wire and the 2-2 wire are arranged in a line,
    바텀뷰로 볼 때, 상기 제 1-1 와이어 및 제 1-2 와이어는 일렬로 배치방향과 상기 제 2-1 와이어 및 제 2-2 와이어의 배치방향이 평행한 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기.Wherein the first 1-1 wire and the 1-2 wire are aligned in a line and the arrangement directions of the 2-1 wire and the 2-2 wire are parallel to each other when viewed from the bottom view.
  15. 청구항 13에 있어서, 14. The method of claim 13,
    상기 제 1 와이어가이더 및 제 2 와이어가이더는 상기 제 1 유닛의 높이 내에 위치되고, 상기 제 3 와이어가이더 및 제 4 와이어가이더는 상기 제 2 유닛의 높이 내에 위치된 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기.Wherein the first wire guider and the second wire guider are located within the height of the first unit and the third wire guider and the fourth wire guider are located within the height of the second unit.
  16. 청구항 13에 있어서, 14. The method of claim 13,
    상기 흡입그릴은, 상기 제 1-1 와이어가 고정되는 제 1 와이어고정부; 상기 제 1-2 와이어가 고정되는 제 2 와이어고정부; 상기 제 2-1 와이어가 고정되는 제 3 와이어고정부; 상기 제 2-2 와이어가 고정되는 제 4 와이어고정부;를 더 포함하고, Wherein the suction grille includes: a first wire fixing part to which the 1-1 wire is fixed; A second wire fixing part to which the 1-2 wire is fixed; A third wire fixing portion to which the second-1 wire is fixed; And a fourth wire fixing portion to which the second-second wire is fixed,
    상기 제 1 와이어고정부는 상기 제 1 와이어가이더의 하측에 위치되고, 상기 제 2 와이어고정부는 상기 제 2 와이어가이더의 하측에 위치되고, Wherein the first wire fixing portion is located below the first wire guider and the second wire fixing portion is located below the second wire guider,
    상기 제 3 와이어고정부는 상기 제 3 와이어가이더의 하측에 위치되고, 상기 제 4 와이어고정부는 상기 제 4 와이어가이더의 하측에 위치되는 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기.Wherein the third wire fixing portion is located below the third wire guider and the fourth wire fixing portion is located below the fourth wire guider.
  17. 청구항 13에 있어서, 14. The method of claim 13,
    상기 제 1 와이어가이더 및 제 2 와이어가이더는 상기 제 1 유닛의 길이방향에 위치되고, 상기 제 1 유닛과 이격되어 배치되며, 상기 제 3 와이어가이더 및 제 4 와이어가이더는 상기 제 2 유닛의 길이방향에 위치되고, 상기 제 2 유닛과 이격되어 배치되는 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기.Wherein the first wire guider and the second wire guider are located in the longitudinal direction of the first unit and are disposed apart from the first unit, and the third wire guider and the fourth wire guider are disposed in the longitudinal direction of the second unit And the second indoor unit is disposed apart from the second unit.
  18. 청구항 13에 있어서, 14. The method of claim 13,
    상기 제 1 와이어가이더, 제 2 와이어가이더, 제 3 와이어가이더 및 제 4 와이어가이더는 상기 케이스의 저면에 대해 같은 높이에 배치된 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기.Wherein the first wire guider, the second wire guider, the third wire guider, and the fourth wire guider are disposed at the same height with respect to the bottom surface of the case.
  19. 청구항 13에 있어서, 14. The method of claim 13,
    바텀뷰로 볼 때, 상기 케이스의 저면은 사각형 형상으로 형성되고, 상기 저면은 4개의 모서리를 형성하고, When viewed in the bottom view, the bottom surface of the case is formed in a rectangular shape, the bottom surface forms four corners,
    상기 제 1 와이어가이더는 일측에 배치된 2개의 모서리 중 하나에 배치되고, 제 2 와이어가이더는 일측에 배치된 2개의 모서리 중 나머지 하나에 배치되고, Wherein the first wire guider is disposed at one of two corners disposed at one side and the second wire guider is disposed at the other one of the two corners disposed at one side,
    상기 제 3 와이어가이더는 타측에 배치된 2개의 모서리 중 하나에 배치되고, 제 4 와이어가이더는 타측에 배치된 2개의 모서리 중 나머지 하나에 배치되는 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기.Wherein the third wire guider is disposed at one of two corners disposed on the other side and the fourth wire guider is disposed on the other one of the two corners disposed on the other side.
  20. 청구항 13에 있어서, 14. The method of claim 13,
    상기 케이스는, In this case,
    실내의 천장에 매달려 설치되고, 저면이 개구되어 형성된 케이스하우징; A case housing hanging from the ceiling of the room and having a bottom opened;
    상기 케이스하우징의 저면을 커버하고, 상기 흡입구 및 토출구가 형성된 프론트바디;를 더 포함하고, And a front body covering the bottom surface of the case housing and having the suction port and the discharge port,
    상기 제 1 유닛 및 제 2 유닛은 상기 케이스하우징 내부에 배치되고,Wherein the first unit and the second unit are disposed inside the case housing,
    상기 제 1 와이어가이더, 제 2 와이어가이더, 제 3 와이어가이더 및 제 4 와이어가이더는 상기 프론트바디에 배치되고,Wherein the first wire guider, the second wire guider, the third wire guider, and the fourth wire guider are disposed on the front body,
    상기 흡입그릴은 상기 프론트바디 보다 하측에 배치된 공기조화기의 천장형 실내기.Wherein the suction grille is disposed below the front body.
PCT/KR2018/016459 2017-12-21 2018-12-21 Ceiling-type indoor unit of air conditioner WO2019125046A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP18891513.6A EP3730847A4 (en) 2017-12-21 2018-12-21 Ceiling-type indoor unit of air conditioner
AU2018388381A AU2018388381B2 (en) 2017-12-21 2018-12-21 Ceiling-type indoor unit of air conditioner
CN201880089986.0A CN111742179B (en) 2017-12-21 2018-12-21 Ceiling type indoor unit of air conditioner

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR20170177353 2017-12-21
KR10-2017-0177353 2017-12-21
KR10-2018-0164267 2018-12-18
KR1020180164267A KR102278184B1 (en) 2017-12-21 2018-12-18 Ceiling type indoor unit of air conditioner

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019125046A1 true WO2019125046A1 (en) 2019-06-27

Family

ID=66993575

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2018/016459 WO2019125046A1 (en) 2017-12-21 2018-12-21 Ceiling-type indoor unit of air conditioner

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2019125046A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI789670B (en) * 2020-02-27 2023-01-11 日商日立江森自控空調有限公司 Ceiling embedded type air conditioner and installation method

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH112423A (en) * 1997-06-11 1999-01-06 Daikin Ind Ltd Air-conditioner
JP2001153394A (en) * 1999-11-30 2001-06-08 Daikin Ind Ltd Air conditioner
KR100679838B1 (en) 2005-10-05 2007-02-06 엘지전자 주식회사 Ceiling type air conditioner
KR20100013472A (en) * 2008-07-31 2010-02-10 신정훈 Up and down apparatus of the grill
JP2010112643A (en) * 2008-11-07 2010-05-20 Panasonic Corp Air conditioner
JP2016153702A (en) * 2015-02-20 2016-08-25 ジョンソンコントロールズ ヒタチ エア コンディショニング テクノロジー(ホンコン)リミテッド Ceiling installation type air conditioner

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH112423A (en) * 1997-06-11 1999-01-06 Daikin Ind Ltd Air-conditioner
JP2001153394A (en) * 1999-11-30 2001-06-08 Daikin Ind Ltd Air conditioner
KR100679838B1 (en) 2005-10-05 2007-02-06 엘지전자 주식회사 Ceiling type air conditioner
KR20100013472A (en) * 2008-07-31 2010-02-10 신정훈 Up and down apparatus of the grill
JP2010112643A (en) * 2008-11-07 2010-05-20 Panasonic Corp Air conditioner
JP2016153702A (en) * 2015-02-20 2016-08-25 ジョンソンコントロールズ ヒタチ エア コンディショニング テクノロジー(ホンコン)リミテッド Ceiling installation type air conditioner

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3730847A4 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI789670B (en) * 2020-02-27 2023-01-11 日商日立江森自控空調有限公司 Ceiling embedded type air conditioner and installation method

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019177414A1 (en) Indoor unit for air conditioner
WO2017095007A1 (en) Air purifier
WO2017069359A1 (en) Air conditioner
WO2016178521A1 (en) Air conditioner and method for controlling the same
WO2020130635A1 (en) Ceiling type indoor unit of air conditioner
WO2019059688A1 (en) Ceiling type indoor unit of air conditioner
WO2019177413A1 (en) Indoor unit of air conditioner
WO2020180075A1 (en) Indoor unit of air conditioner and control method therefor
WO2019177431A1 (en) Steam generator
WO2019177417A1 (en) Indoor unit for air conditioner
WO2018217069A1 (en) Ceiling type air conditioner
WO2019172693A1 (en) Indoor unit of air conditioner
WO2019177430A1 (en) Indoor apparatus of air conditioner
WO2017074130A1 (en) Humidifying and cleaning device
WO2019125046A1 (en) Ceiling-type indoor unit of air conditioner
WO2019045222A1 (en) Flow generating device
WO2020130634A1 (en) Ceiling-type indoor unit of air conditioner
WO2017074140A1 (en) Humidification and purification device
WO2019177415A1 (en) Indoor unit for air conditioner
WO2019125042A1 (en) Ceiling-type indoor unit of air conditioner
WO2019125045A1 (en) Ceiling-type indoor unit of air conditioner
WO2019177425A1 (en) Indoor unit of air conditioner
WO2019050308A1 (en) Ceiling-type indoor unit of air conditioner
WO2017074132A1 (en) Humidifying and cleaning device
WO2017069437A1 (en) Air conditioner

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18891513

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018891513

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20200721

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018388381

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20181221

Kind code of ref document: A